Document:

2012 Equity Incentive Plan

 Exhibit 10.17 
 AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC. 
 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are: 

 

	 	•	 	 to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, 

 

	 	•	 	 to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and 

 

	 	•	 	 to promote the success of the Company’s business. 

 The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and, Performance Shares.

 2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply: 

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with
Section 4 of the Plan. 
 (b) “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of
equity-based awards and the related issuance of shares under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company or the Common Stock or interests relating to the
Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable securities or exchange control laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan, including the ASX Listing Rules. 

(c) “ASX Listing Rules” means the listing rules of ASX Limited. 

(d) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights,
Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, or Performance Shares. 
 (e) “Award Agreement”
means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. 

(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(g) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group
(“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty 

 
percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is
considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or 
 (ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment
or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of
additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or 
 (iii) A change in the
ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons)
assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions;
provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the
Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s
stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the
total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection
(iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 For purposes of this Section 2(g), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a
corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has
been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time. 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change
the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such
transaction. 
 (h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section
of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such
section or regulation. 

  
 -2-

 (i) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals
satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof. 
 (j) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company. 
 (k)
“Company” means Audeo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto. 
 (l)
“Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity. 
 (m) “Director” means a member of the Board. 
 (n)
“Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a
permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time. 
 (o) “Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a
director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company. 
 (p)
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 (q) “Exchange
Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or
cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased
or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion. 
 (r)
“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows: 
 (i) If the
Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ
Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or
such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; 

  
 -3-

 (ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling
prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last
trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; 
 (iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration
statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or 
 (iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator. 

(s) “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company. 

(t) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 (u) “Inside Director” means a
Director who is an Employee. 
 (v) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not
qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. 
 (w) “Officer” means a person who is an
officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 (x) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan. 

(y) “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee. 

(z) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
Section 424(e) of the Code. 
 (aa) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award. 

(bb) “Performance Share” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of
or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10. 
 (cc) “Performance
Unit” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of
the foregoing pursuant to Section 10. 

  
 -4-

 (dd) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of
Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the
occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator. 
 (ee) “Plan” means this 2012 Equity Incentive
Plan. 
 (ff) “Registration Date” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by
the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities. 
 (gg) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option. 

(hh) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one
Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company. 
 (ii) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan. 

(jj) “Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. 

(kk) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director, or Consultant. 

(ll) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan. 

(mm) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to
Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right. 
 (nn) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary
corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code. 
 3. Stock Subject to
the Plan. 
 (a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum
aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 1,250,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. 
 (b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase. The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2013 Fiscal Year, in an
amount equal to the least of (i) 250,000 Shares, (ii) 2.0% of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board. 

(c) Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to
an Exchange Program, or, with respect to 

  
 -5-

 
Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards
other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation
Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale
under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if
Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan.
Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than
Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be
issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares
that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b)and 3(c). 
 (d) Share Reserve. The Company,
during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. 
 4. Administration of the Plan. 
 (a) Procedure. 

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the
Plan. 
 (ii) Section 162(m). To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards
granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code. 
 (iii) Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as
exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. 
 (iv) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

  
 -6-

 (b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and all
Applicable Laws, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion: 

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value; 
 (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder; 

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder; 

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan; 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and
conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may vest and be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction
or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine; 
 (vi) subject to the ASX Listing Rules, to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program; 
 (vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan; 
 (viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws
or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws; 
 (ix) subject to the ASX Listing Rules, to
modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to
Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options); 
 (x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax
obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 14 of the Plan; 
 (xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf
of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; 
 (xii) to
allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and 
 (xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. 

  
 -7-

 (c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions,
determinations, and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards. 
 5.
Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Employees. 
 6. Stock Options. 
 (a) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent
that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market
Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. 
 (b) Term of
Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock
of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. 

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration. 
 (i) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following: 

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option 
 (A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or
any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. 
 (B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market
Value per Share on the date of grant. 

  
 -8-

 (2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. 
 (3) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with,
Section 424(a) of the Code. 
 (ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the
Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised. 
 (iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock
Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws,
(4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result
in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or
otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination
of the foregoing methods of payment. 
 (d) Exercise of Option. 

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of
the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may
specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any
consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the
name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option may be issued subject to restriction on transfer of the Shares in Australia for a maximum period of 12 months as determined by the Administrator at the time of
issue of the Shares. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends, to participate in new issues or any
other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The 

  
 -9-

 
Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan. 
 Exercising an Option in any manner will
decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised. 
 (ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s
death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of
the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise
provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does
not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan. 
 (iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period
of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified
time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as
to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and
the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan. 
 (iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a
Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be
exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided the right to designate a beneficiary is set forth in the Award Agreement and such
beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then the vested portion of such Option may be exercised by the personal
representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award
Agreement, the vested portion of the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her
entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will
revert to the Plan. 

  
 -10-

 7. Restricted Stock. 

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to
time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. 
 (b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other
terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 (c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may
not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction. 
 (d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate. 

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each
Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may
accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. 
 (f) Voting Rights. During the Period of
Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise. 

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will
be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. 

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which
restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan. 
 8.
Restricted Stock Units. 
 (a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as
determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant,
including the number of Restricted Stock Units. 

  
 -11-

 (b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in
its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of
Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued provision of active services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis
determined by the Administrator in its discretion. 
 (c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable
vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or
waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. 
 (d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned
Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash,
Shares, or a combination of both. 
 (e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned
Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company. 
 9. Stock Appreciation Rights. 

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted
to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. 

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted
to any Service Provider. 
 (c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued
pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, subject to Section 6(a) of
the Plan, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan. 

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will
specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. 

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date
determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and 

  
 -12-

 
set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock
Appreciation Rights. 
 (f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a
Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying: 
 (i) The difference
between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times 
 (ii) The number of Shares
with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. 
 (g) At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon
Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. 
 10.
Performance Units and Performance Shares. 
 (a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares. Performance Units and
Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance
Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant. 
 (b) Value of Performance Units/Shares. Each Performance Unit
will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. 

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions
(including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service
Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will
specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, or individual
goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion. 

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares
will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting
provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share. 

  
 -13-

 (e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares. Payment of earned
Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an
aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof. 
 (f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be
available for grant under the Plan. 
 11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator
provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers
between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by
statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant
will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. 

12. Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award
transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate. 
 13.
Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control. 
 (a) Adjustments. In the event that any
dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or
exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits
intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in
Section 3 of the Plan in accordance with Applicable Laws, including the ASX Listing Rules. 
 (b) Dissolution or
Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been
previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action. 
 (c) Change in
Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as 

  
 -14-

 
the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the
successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction. 
 In the event
that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such
Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be
deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator
will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will
terminate upon the expiration of such period. 
 For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed
if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property)
received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the
outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide
for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of
the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed
if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control
corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption. 
 (d) Outside Director Awards.
With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as
applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock
Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to
Performance Units and Performance Shares, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. 

  
 -15-

 14. Tax. 
 (a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the
Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation)
required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). 
 (b) Withholding Arrangements. The
Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash,
(b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair
Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld. 

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from
the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise
determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except
as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner
that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A. 

15. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to
continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right, or any Parent’s
or Subsidiary’s right, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws. 
 16. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is
determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant. 
 17. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately
prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan. 

  
 -16-

 18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan. 

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan. 

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable
to comply with Applicable Laws. 
 (c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or
termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.
Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination. 

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. 
 (a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws
and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. 
 (b) Investment
Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without
any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required. 
 20. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration
or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the securities exchange on which Shares or interests in Shares of the same class are then
listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will
relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained. 

21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months
after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws. 

  
 -17-

 AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC. 

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 
 STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT 
 Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms
defined in the Audeo Oncology, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”). 

 

	I.	NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT 

 Participant Name: 
 Address: 

You have been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Audeo Oncology, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows: 
  

							
	Grant Number	 	  
	 	
			
	Date of Grant	 	  
	 	
			
	Vesting Commencement Date	 	  
	 	
				
	Exercise Price per Share	 	$	 	  
	 	
			
	Total Number of Shares Granted	 	  
	 	
				
	Total Exercise Price	 	$	 	  
	 	
				
	Type of Option:	 		 	Incentive Stock Option	 	
				
		 		 	Nonstatutory Stock Option	 	
			
	Term/Expiration Date:	 	  
	 	
			
	Vesting Schedule:	 		 	

 Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option may be
exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule: 
 Twenty-five percent
(25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting
Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date. 

 Termination Period: 

This Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is
due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may this Option be exercised after
the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan. 
 By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions
of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their
entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all
decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below. 

 

					
	PARTICIPANT:	 		 	AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC.
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Signature	 		 	By
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Print Name	 		 	Title
			
	Residence Address:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	

  
 -2-

 EXHIBIT A 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT 
 A. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) an option (the
“Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award
Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and
conditions of the Plan will prevail. 
 If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”),
this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code
Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion
thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to
the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO. 
 B. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in
Section 3, the Option awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest
in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs. 

C. Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser
portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. 

D. Exercise of Option. 
 (a) Right to Exercise. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this
Award Agreement. 
 (b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form
attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the
Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered
to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of
such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price. 

  
 -3-

 E. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the
following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant. 
 (a) cash; 

(b) check; 

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 (d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price
of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company. 

F. Tax Obligations. 
 (a) Withholding Taxes. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory
arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent
determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make
satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if
such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise. 
 (b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO
Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date,
or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the
compensation income recognized by Participant. 
 (c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an option
that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the
“IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant
prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest
charges to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share

  
 -4-

 
on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of
a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination. 
 G. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares
deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and
delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares and participation in new issues. Shares issued upon the exercise of an Option
may be issued subject to restrictions on transfer of the Shares in Australia for a maximum period of twelve (12) months as determined by the Administrator at the time of the issue of the Shares. 

H. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING
SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES
HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE
PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S
RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE. 
 I. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given
to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Stock Administration at Audeo Oncology, Inc., 100 Pine Street, Suite 2040, San Francisco, California 94111, or at such other address as the
Company may hereafter designate in writing. 
 J. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in
any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. 
 K. Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees,
legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 
 L. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If
at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares or interests in the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any
governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of 

  
 -5-

 
Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free
of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental
authority. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares. 

M. Plan Governs. This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one
or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan. 

N. Administrator Authority. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such
rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have
vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally
liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement. 

O. Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under
the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and
agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. 
 P. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement. 

Q. Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such
provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement. 
 R. Modifications to the Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting
this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized
officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of
Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection to this Option. 

  
 -6-

 S. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award,
Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or
terminated by the Company at any time. 
 T. Governing Law. This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the
State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the
State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Francisco County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is
made and/or to be performed. 

  
 -7-

 EXHIBIT B 

AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC. 
 2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 
 EXERCISE NOTICE 

Audeo Oncology, Inc. 
 100 Pine Street, Suite
2040 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 A. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned
(“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase          shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Audeo Oncology, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2012 Equity Incentive
Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement dated                     (the “Award Agreement”). The purchase price for
the Shares will be $        , as required by the Award Agreement. 
 B. Delivery of
Payment. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option. 

C. Representations of Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award
Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions. 
 D. Rights as Stockholder. Until the
issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to
the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which
the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan. 
 E. Tax
Consultation. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser
deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice. 

 F. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company
and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive
laws, but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California. 
  

					
	Submitted by:	 		 	Accepted by:
			
	PURCHASER:	 		 	AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC.
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Signature	 		 	By
			
	  
	 		 	  

	Print Name	 		 	Title
			
	Residence Address:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	
			
		 		 	  

		 		 	Date Received

  
 -2-

 AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC. 

2012 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN 
 RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT 
 Unless otherwise defined herein,
the terms defined in the Audeo Oncology, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”). 

 

	I.	NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT 

 Participant Name: 
 Address: 

You have been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this
Award Agreement, as follows: 
  

					
	 Grant Number
	  	  
	  	
			
	 Date of Grant
	  	  
	  	
			
	 Vesting Commencement Date
	  	  
	  	
			
	 Number of Restricted Stock Units
	  	  
	  	

 Vesting Schedule: 
 Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan, in Participant’s individual employment agreement, offer letter, or service agreement with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary
employing or retaining Participant), or as otherwise set forth below, the Restricted Stock Unit will vest in accordance with the following schedule: 
 [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE.] 
 In the event Participant ceases to be a Service
Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Unit, the Restricted Stock Unit and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate. 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Audeo Oncology, Inc. (the “Company”) below,
Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached
hereto as Exhibit A, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement
and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award
Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below. 

							
	PARTICIPANT:	 		 	AUDEO ONCOLOGY, INC.
				
	  
	 		 		 	  

	Signature	 		 		 	By
				
	  
	 		 		 	  

	Print Name	 		 		 	Title
				
	Residence Address:	 		 		 	
				
	  
	 		 		 	
				
	  
	 		 		 	

  
 -2-

 EXHIBIT A 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT 
 1. Grant. The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted
Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the
terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. 
 2.
Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3, Participant
will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the
general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying
any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the
period ending no later than the date that is two and one-half (2 1/2) months from the end of the Company’s tax year that includes the vesting date. 

3. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by
this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in
accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs. 

4. Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser
portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

 Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser
portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of
Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and
(y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a
Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless the Participant
dies 

  
 -3-

 
following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or
her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional
tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any proposed, temporary or final Treasury
Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time. 
 5. Forfeiture upon
Termination of Status as a Service Provider. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider
for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate. 
 6. Death of
Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the
administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the
transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer. 
 7. Withholding of Taxes.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant
with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to
time, may permit Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal
to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares
otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in
its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment
of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to
receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. 
 8.
Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until
certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, 

  
 -4-

 
and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of
dividends and distributions on such Shares and participation in new issues. Shares may be issued subject to restrictions on transfer of the Shares in Australia for a maximum period of twelve (12) months as determined by the Administrator at the
time of the issue of Shares. 
 9. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE
VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF
BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN
DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE
PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE. 
 10. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of Stock Administration at Audeo Oncology, Inc., at
100 Pine Street, Suite 2040, San Francisco, California 94111, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing. 
 11. Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or
hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any
right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void. 

12. Binding Agreement. Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 
 13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares or interests in the
Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such
issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines

  
 -5-

 
that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company
reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or
approval of any such governmental authority. 
 14. Plan Governs. This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and
provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement
will have the meaning set forth in the Plan. 
 15. Administrator Authority. The Administrator will have the power to
interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the
determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other
interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement. 

16. Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock
Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such
documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. 

17. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction
of this Award Agreement. 
 18. Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held
invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement. 

19. Modifications to the Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects
covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be
made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems
necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award
of Restricted Stock Units. 

  
 -6-

 20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award,
Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may
be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time. 
 21. Governing Law. This Award Agreement will be
governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties
hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Francisco County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of
California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed. 

  
 -7-Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 
 Execution Version 
  

 
 SOFTBRANDS,
INC., 
 ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC., 
 EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 
 AND 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of July 5, 2011 
  
  

 
  

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	  
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	Section 1.1.	  	 Definitions
	  	 	2	  
	Section 1.2.	  	 Other Definitions.
	  	 	32	  
	Section 1.3.	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	35	  
	Section 1.4.	  	 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
	  	 	35	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	THE NOTES	  
			
	Section 2.1.	  	 Form, Dating and Terms
	  	 	36	  
	Section 2.2.	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	43	  
	Section 2.3.	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	44	  
	Section 2.4.	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	44	  
	Section 2.5.	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	45	  
	Section 2.6.	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	45	  
	Section 2.7.	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period
	  	 	48	  
	Section 2.8.	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs
	  	 	49	  
	Section 2.9.	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	 	51	  
	Section 2.10.	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs
	  	 	52	  
	Section 2.11.	  	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
	  	 	53	  
	Section 2.12.	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	54	  
	Section 2.13.	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	54	  
	Section 2.14.	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	55	  
	Section 2.15.	  	 Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest
	  	 	55	  
	Section 2.16.	  	 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	  	 	56	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	COVENANTS	  
			
	Section 3.1.	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	56	  
	Section 3.2.	  	 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	 	56	  
	Section 3.3.	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	60	  
	Section 3.4.	  	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	65	  
	Section 3.5.	  	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	 	67	  
	Section 3.6.	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	69	  
	Section 3.7.	  	 Limitation on Guarantees
	  	 	69	  
	Section 3.8.	  	 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
	  	 	70	  
	Section 3.9.	  	 Change of Control
	  	 	72	  
	Section 3.10.	  	 Reports
	  	 	73	  
	Section 3.11.	  	 Future Guarantors
	  	 	74	  
	Section 3.12.	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	75	  
	Section 3.13.	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	75	  
	Section 3.14.	  	 Payment of Taxes
	  	 	75	  
	Section 3.15.	  	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	75	  
	Section 3.16.	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	76	  
	Section 3.17.	  	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	76	  
	Section 3.18.	  	 Conduct of Business
	  	 	76	  
	Section 3.19.	  	 Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	 	76	  
	Section 3.20.	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	76	  
	Section 3.21.	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.
	  	 	77	  
	Section 3.22.	  	 Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status
	  	 	77	  

  
 i 

							
	ARTICLE IV	 
	SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON	  
			
	Section 4.1.	  	 Merger and Consolidation
	  	 	77	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES	  
			
	Section 5.1.	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	79	  
	Section 5.2.	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	79	  
	Section 5.3.	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	80	  
	Section 5.4.	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	80	  
	Section 5.5.	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	 	81	  
	Section 5.6.	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	81	  
	Section 5.7.	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	81	  
	Section 5.8.	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	82	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	Section 6.1.	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	82	  
	Section 6.2.	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.3.	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.4.	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.5.	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	84	  
	Section 6.6.	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	85	  
	Section 6.7.	  	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	85	  
	Section 6.8.	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	85	  
	Section 6.9.	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	85	  
	Section 6.10.	  	 Priorities
	  	 	86	  
	Section 6.11.	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	86	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	Section 7.1.	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	86	  
	Section 7.2.	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	87	  
	Section 7.3.	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	88	  
	Section 7.4.	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	88	  
	Section 7.5.	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	89	  
	Section 7.6.	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	89	  
	Section 7.7.	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	89	  
	Section 7.8.	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	90	  
	Section 7.9.	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	90	  
	Section 7.10.	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	90	  
	Section 7.11.	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers
	  	 	91	  
	Section 7.12.	  	 Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers
	  	 	91	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  
			
	Section 8.1.	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance
	  	 	91	  
	Section 8.2.	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	91	  
	Section 8.3.	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	92	  
	Section 8.4.	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	92	  
	Section 8.5.	  	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	93	  
	Section 8.6.	  	 Repayment to the Issuers
	  	 	93	  
	Section 8.7.	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	94	  

  
 ii 

							
	ARTICLE IX	  
	AMENDMENTS	  
			
	Section 9.1.	  	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	94	  
	Section 9.2.	  	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	95	  
	Section 9.3.	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	96	  
	Section 9.4.	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	96	  
	Section 9.5.	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	96	  
	Section 9.6.	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	 	96	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	GUARANTEE	  
			
	Section 10.1.	  	 Guarantee
	  	 	97	  
	Section 10.2.	  	 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge
	  	 	98	  
	Section 10.3.	  	 Right of Contribution
	  	 	99	  
	Section 10.4.	  	 No Subrogation
	  	 	99	  
	
	ARTICLE XI	  
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  
			
	Section 11.1.	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	99	  
	Section 11.2.	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	100	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	Section 12.1.	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	100	  
	Section 12.2.	  	 Notices
	  	 	100	  
	Section 12.3.	  	 Communication by Holders with other Holders
	  	 	101	  
	Section 12.4.	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	102	  
	Section 12.5.	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	102	  
	Section 12.6.	  	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	102	  
	Section 12.7.	  	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	102	  
	Section 12.8.	  	 Legal Holidays
	  	 	102	  
	Section 12.9.	  	 Governing Law
	  	 	102	  
	Section 12.10.	  	 Jurisdiction
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.11.	  	 Waivers of Jury Trial
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.12.	  	 USA PATRIOT Act
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.13.	  	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.14.	  	 Successors
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.15.	  	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.16.	  	 Qualification of Indenture
	  	 	103	  
	Section 12.17.	  	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.18.	  	 Force Majeure
	  	 	104	  
	Section 12.19.	  	 Severability
	  	 	104	  
			
	EXHIBIT A	  	 Form of Global Restricted Note
	  			
	EXHIBIT B	  	 Form of Exchange Global Note
	  			
	EXHIBIT C	  	 Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors
	  			
	EXHIBIT D	  	 Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Lawson and Each of the Acquired Guarantors
	  			

  
 iii

			
	 TIA Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.3; 7.8; 7.10
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	 312(a)
	  	2.5
	       (b)
	  	12.3
	       (c)
	  	12.3
	 313(a)
	  	7.6
	       (b)(1)
	  	7.6
	       (c)(2)
	  	7.6
	       (d)
	  	7.6
	 314(a)
	  	3.10; 3.16; 12.5
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	12.4
	       (c)(2)
	  	12.4
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.5
	 315(a)
	  	7.1
	       (b)
	  	7.5; 12.2
	       (c)
	  	7.1
	       (d)
	  	7.1
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	12.6
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.5
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.4
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.7
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.8
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.9
	       (b)
	  	2.4
	 318(a)
	  	12.1

 N.A. means not applicable. 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 i 

 INDENTURE dated as of July 5, 2011, among SoftBrands, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(“SoftBrands”), Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub” and together with SoftBrands, the “Issuers”), each of the Existing Guarantors party hereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as
Trustee. 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of (i) their
11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) any additional Notes that may be issued after the Issue Date (“Additional Notes”) and (iii) 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018
issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined herein) in exchange for any Initial Notes or Additional Notes (the “Exchange Notes,” and together with the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes, the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, each of the Existing Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for their Guarantees of the Notes; 
 WHEREAS, all things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when
executed and duly issued by the Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuers, and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuers have been done; 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 26, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and
among GGC Software Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Merger Sub and Lawson Software, Inc. (“Lawson”), Merger Sub will be merged with and into Lawson, with Lawson being the surviving entity (the “Merger”);

 WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger, Lawson, each of the Acquired Guarantors and the Trustee shall enter into a
Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (the “Supplemental Indenture”) under which Lawson and each of the Acquired Guarantors will become party to this Indenture; 

WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger and the duly authorized execution and delivery of the Supplemental Indenture, Lawson will assume
the obligations of Merger Sub under the Notes and this Indenture, and each of the Acquired Guarantors will provide for their Guarantees of the Notes; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as
follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.1.
Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its
Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person
becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers or such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness shall
be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such
acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination. 
 “Acquired Guarantors” means, collectively, Lawson Software Americas, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Lawson PLM, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Lawson WFM, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, Lawson HCM, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Healthvision, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Heathvision Solutions, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. 

  
 2 

 “Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Issuers, a Restricted Subsidiary or
otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an
investment in Additional Assets); 
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business and
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers; or 
 (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract
or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“AI” means an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act. 

“Applicable Premium” means the greater of (A) 1% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any
redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of: 
 (1) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such Note at July 15, 2015 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table under Section 5.7(c) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus (ii) all
required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such redemption date
plus 50 basis points; over 
 (2) the outstanding principal amount of such Note; 

in each case, as calculated by the Issuers or on behalf of the Issuers by such Person as the Issuers shall designate. 

“Asset Disposition” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction)
of the Issuers (other than Capital Stock of the Issuers) or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock
of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions; 
 in each case, other than: 

  
 3 

 (1) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuers or by the
Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents or
Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (4) a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment or other
assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) transactions permitted under Section 4.1 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuers or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or compensation plan approved by the Board
of Directors; 
 (7) any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of
related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) of less than $10.0 million; 
 (8) any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely for purposes of
Section 3.5(a)(3), asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments; 
 (9) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 
 (10)
dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 

(11) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses,
leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) foreclosure,
condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets; 
 (13) the sale or discount
(with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts
receivable for notes receivable; 
 (14) any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (15) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an
agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly
formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 

(16) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot
thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 

  
 4 

 (17) any disposition of Securitization Assets, or participations therein, in
connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing, or the disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business; 

(18) any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including
any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or development of real property) by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture; and

 (19) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or
other claims of any kind. 
 “Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the
Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code or similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 “Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to Holdings, the Issuers or any corporation, the board of
directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly
authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any
approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part
of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval). 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New
York, United States or in the state of the place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital
Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated), equity of such Person, including any
Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease
Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the
capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior
to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 
 “Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall
mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software
enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

  
 5 

 (1) (a) United States dollars, Euro, or any national currency of any
member state of the European Union; or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments, a member
state of the European Union or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country or such member state is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years
from the date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, Eurodollar time deposits, overnight
bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any Lender or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the
equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization)
or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100 million; 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into
with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper rated at the
time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if
both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing
within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any
state of the United States of America, any province of Canada, any member of the European Union, or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or,
if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(7) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P or
“Baa3” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of
acquisition; 
 (8) bills of exchange issued in the United States, Canada, a member state of the European Union,
or Japan eligible for rediscount at the relevant central bank and accepted by a bank (or any dematerialized equivalent); 
 (9) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (7) above;
and 
 (10) for purposes of clause (2) of the definition of “Asset Disposition,” the marketable
securities portfolio owned by the Issuers and their Subsidiaries on the Issue Date. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall
include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event within 10 Business
Days following the receipt of such amounts. 
 “Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the
extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default); ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft
facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services. 

  
 6 

 “Change of Control” means 

(1) the Issuers become aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), other than one or more Permitted
Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Issuers; 
 (2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger,
consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted
Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or 
 (3) an Infor Combination. 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in
accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such
period: 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar
taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative
instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to
clauses (w), (x) and (y) in clause (1) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted
(and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) any expenses or charges (other than
depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof)
(whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Agreement and any Securitization Fees, and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Credit
Agreement and any Securitization Fees, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 7 

 (e) the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve, integration cost or
other business optimization expense or cost associated with establishing new facilities that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions
after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; provided that the aggregate amount of cash charges and cash costs that are included in this clause (e) for actions not related to the Transactions
shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four-quarter period; plus 
 (f) any other non-cash
charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting, (excluding any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it
represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) or other items classified by the Issuers as special items less other non-cash items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income
to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus 
 (g) the amount of management,
monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to GGC to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 3.8 hereof; plus 

(h) the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuers in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions
either taken or initiated prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized or expected to be realized
prior to or during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, and (y) such actions have been taken or initiated no later than 12 months after the Issue
Date; plus 
 (i) the amount of loss on sale of Securitization Assets and related assets to the
Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus  
 (j) any costs
or expense incurred by the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent
that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuers or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuers (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds
are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(3) hereof; plus 
 (k) cash receipts
(or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA
pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus 
 (l) any net loss
included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (“FAS 160”); plus 

(m) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or
liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (n) net realized losses
from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements; 

  
 8 

 (2) decreased (without duplication) by: (a) non-cash gains increasing
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period and any non-cash
gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period; plus (b) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign
currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; plus (c) any net realized income or gains from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that
require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements, plus (d) any net income included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of FAS
160; and 
 (3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments resulting for the
application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation. 
 “Consolidated Income
Taxes” means taxes or other payments, including deferred Taxes, based on income, profits or capital (including without limitation withholding taxes) and franchise taxes of Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries whether or
not paid, estimated, accrued or required to be remitted to any Governmental Authority. 
 “Consolidated Interest
Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (1)
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue
discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding
any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net
payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (w) any expense resulting from the discounting of any
Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge,
commitment and other financing fees, and (z) interest with respect to Indebtedness of any Parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP; plus  

(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued; less 
 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such
Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is
not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Issuers’ equity in the net income of any such Person for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by
such Person during such period to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment or could have been 

  
 9 

 
distributed, as reasonably determined by an Officer of the Issuers (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
contained in clause (2) below); 
 (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(iii)(A) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making
of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuers or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or
governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, and
(c) restrictions specified in Section 3.4(b)(11)(i), except that the Issuers’ equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period will be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of
cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a
dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); 
 (3) any net gain (or
loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset or disposed operations of Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the
ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuers); 
 (4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense; 

(5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 

(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity
based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded; 

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any
early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness; 

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related
to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations; 

(9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies; 

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other
obligations of Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts
required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization
or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in process research and development); 

  
 10 

 (12) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off;

 (13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 
 (14) accruals and reserves that are
established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded; 

(15) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded; and 
 (16) the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount is received in cash by the Issuers and the Restricted Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiaries
under any agreement providing for reimbursement of any such expense, provided such reimbursement payment has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income (it being understood that if the amounts received in cash under any such agreement
in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods). 
 “Consolidated Secured Leverage” means, the sum of the aggregate outstanding Secured Indebtedness for borrowed money of Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries less the
aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured
Leverage at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of
Holdings are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner,
whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation
of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property
constituting direct or indirect security therefor; 
 (2) to advance or supply funds 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose
of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

  
 11 

 “Covenant Suspension” means, during any period of time following the
issuance of the Notes, that (i) the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture. 

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be entered into by and among the Issuers, Holdings, certain of their
Subsidiaries identified therein as guarantors, the senior lenders (as named therein), Credit Suisse AG, as the administrative agent for the lenders, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters
of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without
limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, substitute, supplement,
replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be
outstanding under such Credit Agreement or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements. 

“Credit Facility” means, with respect to Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries, one or more debt
facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreement or commercial paper facilities and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes,
receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and
lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Credit Agreement or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each
case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and
trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility”
shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuers as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder,
(3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder; or (4) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming
an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes. 

“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) of non-cash
consideration received by Holdings, the Issuers or one of their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the
basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated
Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 3.5 hereof. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means, with respect to Holdings and the Issuers, Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) (a) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers or an employee 

  
 12 

 
stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuers or any such Subsidiary for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuers or such Subsidiary) and (b) that is
designated as “Designated Preferred Stock” pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of Holdings or the Issuers at or prior to the issuance thereof, the Net Cash Proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in
Section 3.3(a)(iii)(B) hereof. 
 “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate
Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Issuers having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuers shall be deemed not to have
such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuers or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in
exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or 
 (2) is or may become (in
accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 

in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding;
provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be
deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or the Issuers to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a
change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 3.3 hereof; provided,
however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuers or their Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it
may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Issuers or their Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of Holdings or the Issuers (other than Disqualified Stock)
other than offerings registered on Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities, the proceeds of which are contributed to the
equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an
escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or Incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the
occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended. 

  
 13 

 “Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or
property or assets received by Holdings or the Issuers as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or the Issuers after the Issue Date or from the issuance
or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuers or any Restricted
Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or the Issuers, in each case, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuers.

 “Existing Guarantors” means, collectively, GGC Software Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, MAI Systems
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Hotel Information Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SoftBrands International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SoftBrands Licensing, Inc., a Delaware corporation and SoftBrands Manufacturing, Inc., a Minnesota
corporation. 
 “fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate
or resolutions of the Board of Directors of Holdings or an Issuer setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person on any determination date, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the most recent four consecutive fiscal
quarters ending immediately prior to such determination date for which internal consolidated financial statements are available to the Fixed Charges of such Person for four consecutive fiscal quarters. In the event that Holdings, the Issuers or any
Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, assumes, Guarantees, redeems, defeases, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not
been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption,
guarantee, redemption, defeasance, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Investment, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and
disposed operations that have been made by Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed
charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or
was merged with or into Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued operation that would
have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed
operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever
pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of Holdings or the Issuers (including cost savings and operating
efficiencies that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in
effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed
to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuers to be the rate of interest implicit in such 

  
 14 

 
Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed with a
pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined
at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as
the Issuers may designate. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such Period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other
distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any
calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the
Issuers may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean the GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuers may elect to
apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Issuers to make
an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for
periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuers’ election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, further again, that the Issuers may only make such
election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Issuers, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 3.10 hereof, in IFRS. The Issuers shall give
notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders. 
 “GGC”
means, collectively, Golden Gate Capital Management, L.L.C., Golden Gate Capital Management II, L.L.C., Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., GGC Opportunity Fund Management GP, Ltd. and funds or partnerships related, managed or advised by any of them
or any Affiliate of any of them. 
 “Governmental Authority” means any nation, sovereign or government, any
state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central
bank or stock exchange. 
 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or
indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
 (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

  
 15 

 (2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such
Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided,
however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantor” means Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the
transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially
be the respective nominee of DTC. 
 “Holdings” means GGC Software Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards, as
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that (i) has not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuers and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and Consolidated EBITDA of less than 2.0% of the
Issuers’ Total Assets and Consolidated EBITDA (measured, in the case of Total Assets, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four
quarters ended most recently for which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of companies, division or lines of business since such balance
sheet date or the start of such four quarter period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary). 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of
a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the
terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed
thereunder. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without
duplication): 
 (1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; 

(2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

 (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or
other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have been
reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence); 

  
 16 

 (4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the
deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto; 

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified
Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 
 (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however,
that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 (8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent
Guaranteed by such Person; and 
 (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of
such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such
agreement or arrangement). 
 The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property
(or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or obligations under any license,
permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of
any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall equal the amount thereof
that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness: 

 

	 	(i)	Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(ii)	Cash Management Services; 

  

	 	(iii)	in connection with the purchase by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may
become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any
such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; or 

  
 17 

	 	(iv)	for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or
contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third
party appraiser of international standing; provided, however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 “Infor” means Infor Enterprise Solutions Holdings, Inc. or any successor. 
 “Infor Combination” means any acquisition, consolidation or merger whereby (1) Holdings, a Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Company acquires the Capital Stock of Infor or a
Subsidiary of Infor, (2) Infor or a Subsidiary of Infor acquires the Capital Stock of Holdings, a Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (3) Holdings, a Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates or merges with or into Infor or a
Subsidiary of Infor. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of
this Indenture. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada and Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other
extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit
other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or
any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP;
provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of
any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining
after giving effect thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. 
 For purposes of Section 3.3 hereof:

 (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to Holdings or the Issuers’ equity
interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings or the Issuers will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) Holdings or the Issuers’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to Holdings or the Issuers’ equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Issuers in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a
Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued
at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Issuers. 

  
 18 

 “Investment Grade” means (i) BBB-or higher by S&P; (ii) Baa3
or higher by Moody’s, or (iii) the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s, or of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1)
securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by a member of the European Union, or any agency or
instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (3) debt securities or debt instruments with a rating
of “A-” or higher from S&P or “A3” or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such rating by such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other
Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; and 

(4) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1), (2) and
(3) above which fund may also hold cash and Cash Equivalents pending investment or distribution. 
 “Investment
Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive both of the following: 
 (1) a rating of
“BBB-” or higher from S&P; and 
 (2) a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s;

 or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent
of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 
 “Issue Date” means
July 5, 2011. 
 “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any
kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Management
Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

(1) (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or
(b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of Holdings, the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or any Parent with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors;

 (2) in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any
facility or office; or 
 (3) not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a
nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act. 

  
 19 

 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
(including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and
when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in
any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
 (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title
and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes paid or required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is
secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 

(3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent,
Holdings, the Issuers or any of their respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition
and retained by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds,”
with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions
and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions
and any tax sharing arrangements). 
 “Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S). 

“Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees and this Indenture. 

“Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person
thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any
interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state,
federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of
payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated June 30, 2011 relating to the offering by the
Issuers of $560.0 million principal amount of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 and any future offering memorandum relating to Additional Notes. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President,
the Treasurer, any Managing 

  
 20 

 
Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an
“Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Officer’s
Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person and meeting the requirements of this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or their Subsidiaries.

 “Parent” means any Person of which Holdings at any time is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date and
any holding companies established by any Permitted Holder for purposes of holding its investment in any Parent. 

“Parent Expenses” means: 
  

	 	(1)	costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with
compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary,
including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; 

  

	 	(2)	customary indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written
agreements with any such Person to the extent relating to the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(3)	obligations of any Parent in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Issuers and their Subsidiaries;

  

	 	(4)	general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent related to the ownership or operation of the
business of the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

  

	 	(5)	expenses Incurred by any Parent in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness: 

 

	 	(x)	where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

 

	 	(y)	in a pro rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or 

 

	 	(z)	otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Issuers or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed. 

 “Pari Passu
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Holdings or the Issuers which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee if such Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuers to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on
any Note on behalf of the Issuers. 

  
 21 

 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange
of assets used or useful in a Similar Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in
excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (1) GGC, (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in
a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, (3) Senior Management, (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private
offering of Capital Stock of any Parent, Holdings or the Issuers, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of
the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, GGC and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Parents held by such group. 

“Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries):

 (1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary)
or the Issuers or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment
such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(4) Investments in receivables owing to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected
at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) Management Advances; 
 (7) Investments received in settlement
of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuers or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of
foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured
Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Investments made
as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition; 
 (9) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such
Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 

(10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 3.2 hereof;

  
 22 

 (11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to
third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 3.6 hereof; 

(12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Issuers (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock
of any Parent as consideration; 
 (13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is
permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) hereof (except those described in Sections 3.8(b)(1), (3), (6), (8), (9), (12) and (14)); 
 (14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business
and in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 3.2 hereof and
(other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations incurred by the Issuers or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries that are permitted by this Indenture; 
 (16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits
required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Issuers or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the
extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(18) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other
Persons; 
 (19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust
subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuers; 
 (20) Investments in joint ventures
and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $45.0 million and 1.75% of Total Assets
at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 

(21) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant
to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts applied pursuant to clause (c) of the first
paragraph of such covenant); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and
shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (21). 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with
respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; 

  
 23 

 (2) pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws,
unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with
bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety, indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of
government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’,
landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 

(4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 
 (5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines,
telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the
conduct of the business of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation
of the business of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (6) Liens (a) on assets or property of
the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash Management Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other
bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness,
(ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuers or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other
agreements entered into with customers of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 3.2(b)(8)(iii) with financial institutions;
(d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not
for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law
encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank
account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof, which Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness; 

(7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in
each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders
or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (9) Liens (i) on assets or property of the Issuers or any
Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, or securing the payment of all 

  
 24 

 
or a part of the purchase price of, or securing other Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property acquired or constructed in
the ordinary course of business; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and (b) any such Lien may not extend to any assets or
property of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any improvements or accessions to such assets and property and (ii) any
interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease; 
 (10) Liens arising
from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) Liens existing on the Issue Date, excluding Liens securing the Credit Agreement; 

(12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary (or at the time the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the
Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such
property, other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with
the original property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; 

(13) Liens on assets or property of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness or other obligations of
the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is
limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could
secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions,
encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers have
easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 

(16) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint
venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (17) Liens on property or
assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets; 

(18) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the
underwriters or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of
interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose; 

  
 25 

 (19) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase,
consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility
relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1); 
 (21) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 3.2(b)(7), provided that any such Lien is limited to the assets or property that are subject to the
Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations; 
 (22) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Foreign
Subsidiary permitted by Section 3.2(b)(11) covering only the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary; 
 (23)
Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (24) any security granted over the marketable securities portfolio described in clause (9) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents” in connection with the disposal thereof to a third party;

 (25) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such
Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(26) Liens on equipment of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (27) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and
solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(28) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums
thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the
benefits of) insurance carriers; 
 (29) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with
any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (30) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor
of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale
permitted under Section 3.5, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; 

(31) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $40.0 million at any
one time outstanding; 
 (32) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 3.2; provided that, with respect to liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated
Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than (a) 4.25 to 1.0, if such Incurrence occurs on or prior to the date that is 24 months after the Issue Date, or (b) 4.00 to 1.0, if such Incurrence occurs after the date that is 24 months after
the Issue Date; provided further that, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio pursuant to this clause the total amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1) shall be deemed
outstanding and secured by Liens. 

  
 26 

 For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest on such
Indebtedness including interest which increases the principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
 “Person” means
any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.11 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of
any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “Purchase Money Obligations” means any
Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or
the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise. 
 “Qualified
Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Board of Directors of the applicable Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified
Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the applicable Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of
Securitization Assets and related assets by any Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the applicable Issuer), (iii) the financing
terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the applicable Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings and (iv) the Obligations under such
Securitization Facility are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization
Subsidiary). The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) to secure Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a
Qualified Securitization Financing. 
 “QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term
is defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer,
substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any
purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness
that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture
(including Indebtedness of Holdings or the Issuers that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary)
including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
 (1) if
the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing 

  
 27 

 
Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and such Refinancing Indebtedness
is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 

(2) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include: 

(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers that is not a Guarantor
that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuers or a Guarantor; or 
 (ii)
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the
termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness. 
 “Registration Rights
Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as amended or supplemented, and (ii) any other registration
rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of Additional Notes in a private offering by the Issuers after the Issue Date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 

“Related Taxes” means 
  

	 	(1)	any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, registration, business, customs,
net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to be paid (provided such Taxes are in fact
paid) by any Parent by virtue of its: 

  

	 	(a)	being organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly
or indirectly, the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ Subsidiaries); 

  

	 	(b)	being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ Subsidiaries; 

 

	 	(c)	receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or indirectly, the Issuers or any of the Issuers’ Subsidiaries; or

  

	 	(d)	having made any payment in respect to any of the items for which the Issuers are permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 3.3; or

  

	 	(2)	if and for so long as the Issuers are a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with any Parent, any Taxes measured by income for which such
Parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Issuers and their Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis if the Issuers and
their Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries. 

  
 28 

 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of the restrictive
legends described in Section 2.1(d). 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2). 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any
arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third
Person in contemplation of such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor thereto. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien other than Indebtedness
with respect to Cash Management Obligations. 
 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended. 
 “Securitization Asset”
means any accounts receivable, real estate asset, mortgage receivables or related assets, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility. 
 “Securitization Facility” means any of one or more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time,
pursuant to which the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either (a) Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a
person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made
directly or by means of discounts with respect to any Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified
Securitization Financing. 
 “Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of
Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or
portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 

“Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one
or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto. 

  
 29 

 “Senior Management” means the officers, directors, and other members of
senior management of Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined
in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Associates on the Issue Date and (b) any
businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or any Associates that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof.

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered
into by the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers which the Issuers have determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization
Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable,
including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date
or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or 

(7) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership interests or otherwise; and 
 (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling
general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

  
 30 

 “Total Assets” mean, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of
Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent
with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Transactions”
means the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 26, 2011, among GGC Software Holdings, Inc., Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. and Lawson Software, Inc. 

“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date
(or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuers in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to July 15, 2015;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to July 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be
obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such
applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 

“Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any
trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of
this Indenture or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any
Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings or an Issuer in the manner provided below); and 

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of Holdings or an Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers, respectively, (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a
Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, Holdings, the Issuers or any other Subsidiary of Holdings or
the Issuers which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2) such designation and the Investment of Holdings or the Issuers in such Subsidiary complies with Section 3.3 hereof. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United
States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the Issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary 

  
 31 

 
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or
interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such
depositary receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such
Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors. 
 “Weighted Average
Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by 

(2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by Holdings, the Issuers or a Guarantor. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or the Issuers, all of the Capital Stock of which
(other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by any applicable law or regulation to be held by a Person other than Holdings or the Issuers or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) is owned by Holdings or the Issuers or another Wholly
Owned Subsidiary. 
 SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Accredited Investor Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.8(a)
		
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(e)(2)
		
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	3.5(b)
		
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.2
		
	 “Automatic Exchange”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Automatic Exchange Date”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”
	  	2.6(e)

  
 32 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	3.9(a)
		
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	3.9(a)
		
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.9(a)
		
	 “Clearstream”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.3
		
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	2.15
		
	 “Euroclear”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
		
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.5(b)
		
	 “Exchange Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.1
		
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	3.6
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Issuer”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Issuer Order”
	  	2.2
		
	 “Lawson”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.2
		
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	12.8
		
	 “Merger”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Merger Agreement”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Merger Sub”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Notes Register”
	  	2.3

  
 33 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “payment default”
	  	6.1
		
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	3.2(b)
		
	 “Permitted Payments”
	  	3.3(b)
		
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.11
		
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Regulations S Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.6(b)
		
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	3.3(a)
		
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	3.22
		
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “SoftBrands”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.15(a)
		
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.15(a)
		
	 “Successor Company”
	  	4.1(a)(1)
		
	 “Supplemental Indenture”
	  	Recitals
		
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.22
		
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.22
		
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)

  
 34 

 SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is
subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 

“indenture securities” means the Notes. 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuers and any other obligors on the indenture
securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.4. Rules of
Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(7) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under
or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to the Notes,
provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the requirement that Additional Interest is due unless the Trustee receives written notice from Issuer stating that such amounts are due and specifying the
dollar amounts thereof; 
 (8) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any
date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (9) the principal amount of any preferred stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such preferred stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with
respect to such preferred stock, whichever is greater; 
 (10) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any
of the Notes in terms of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; 
 (11) the words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

  
 35 

 (12) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term
“consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of
such Person. 
 ARTICLE II 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. 

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes
issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal amount of $560,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein) and Exchange Notes.
Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 5.6 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer pursuant to
Section 3.5 or in connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.9. 
 Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein, the Issuers may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate and (ii) one or more indentures supplemental
hereto, the following information: 
 (A) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be
authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (B) the issue price and the issue date of such
Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall accrue; and 
 (C) whether such Additional Notes
shall be Restricted Notes. 
 In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and
shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 12.4, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such
Additional Notes. 
 The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single
class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the
Holders of the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 

If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to Board Resolutions of the Issuers, a copy of an
appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting
forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a
Purchase Agreement, dated June 30, 2011, among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”)
will be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S. Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in
reliance on Regulation S, AIs and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 under the Securities Act, in each case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from
time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law. 

  
 36 

 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States
of America in reliance on Rule 144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this
Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of
the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States of America (the “Regulation S
Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will be
exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification
contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC in the manner described in this Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the
purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”).
Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, unless exchanged for interests in a Global Note in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described herein. 

Investors may hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are
participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or
Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective
depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, will hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. 

The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum
principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its
nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional
Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the
“Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global
Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global
Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to AIs in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a Definitive Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including the legend as
set forth in Section 2.1(d)(5) (an “Accredited Investor Note”). 

  
 37 

 Exchange Notes exchanged for interests in the Rule 144A Notes, the Regulation S Notes, and
the Institutional Accredited Investor Notes will be issued in the form of a permanent global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, deposited with the Trustee
as hereinafter provided, including the appropriate legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Exchange Global Note”). The Exchange Global Note will be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for
DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Exchange Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be
represented by a single certificate. 
 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the Institutional Accredited
Investor Global Note and the Exchange Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.” 
 The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be
the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent,
each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by
the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by DTC. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be
made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such
account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in Section 2.1(d). The
Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and,
to the extent applicable, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 
 (c) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(d) Restrictive Legends. Unless and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under
an effective registration statement or (ii) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is exchanged for an Exchange Note in connection with an effective registration statement, in each case pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement or a similar agreement or (iii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the
provisions of the Securities Act: 
 (1) the Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, the
Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note and the Accredited Investor Global Note shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. 

  
 38 

 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT
IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN
THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE
ISSUER’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, AND IN EACH OF THE
FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 IN THE CASE OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS
SECURITY THE HOLDER AND ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) THE PURCHASER IS NOT ACQUIRING OR HOLDING SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WITH THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (C) ANY ENTITY DEEMED TO
HOLD “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO SUCH PROVISIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS
OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) OR (II) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF SUCH NOTE BY THE PURCHASER, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS SUCH NOTE AND THE DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WILL NOT
CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, A BREACH OF FIDUCIARY DUTY UNDER ERISA OR A VIOLATION OF ANY PROVISIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW. 

  
 39 

 (2) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following
additional legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED
PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

(3) Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 (4) Each Note issued hereunder that
has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THIS SECURITY IS ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO: ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER, SOFTBRANDS, INC., C/O GOLDEN GATE CAPITAL, ONE EMBARCADERO CENTER, 39TH FLOOR, SAN
FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111. 
 (5) Each Accredited Investor Note shall bear the following legend on the face
thereof: 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS
SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION. 

  
 40 

 THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT
IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO SUCH PURCHASER IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, OR (C) IT IS AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) AGREES TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHICH NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN
THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS APPLICABLE TO IT IN THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH PURCHASE IS MADE, (D) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE
ISSUER’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C), (D) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, AND IN EACH OF THE
FOREGOING CASES, A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE OR REGISTRAR. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
EXPIRATION OF THE APPLICABLE HOLDING PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO RESTRICTED SECURITIES SET FORTH IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE HOLDER AND ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) THE PURCHASER IS NOT ACQUIRING OR HOLDING SUCH
NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WITH THE ASSETS OF (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO ERISA, (B) A “PLAN” DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986,
AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), (C) ANY ENTITY DEEMED TO HOLD “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY OR (D) A GOVERNMENTAL PLAN OR
CHURCH PLAN SUBJECT TO SUCH PROVISIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (COLLECTIVELY, “SIMILAR LAWS”) OR (II) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF SUCH NOTE BY THE PURCHASER, THROUGHOUT THE PERIOD THAT IT HOLDS
SUCH NOTE AND THE DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR AN INTEREST THEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, A BREACH OF FIDUCIARY DUTY UNDER ERISA OR A VIOLATION OF
ANY PROVISIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAW. 
 (e) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply
only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC. 

  
 41 

 (1) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of
DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be delivered to the Notes Custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) will be limited to transfers thereof in
whole, but not in part, to the DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(e)(4) and 2.1(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in
another Global Note, the Notes Custodian will (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the
principal amount of the other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, will,
upon transfer or exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to
beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 
 (2) Members of, or
participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Notes Custodian as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be
treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent
of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the
rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (3) In connection with any transfer of a
portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal
amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more
Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (4) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to
beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.1(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each
beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 

(5) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members
and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (6) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by
(i) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 (f) Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be
entitled to receive Definitive Notes. Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by
the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, (B) the Issuers in their sole discretion execute and deliver to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a written request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding
sentence, the Issuers shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable 

  
 42 

 
supply of Definitive Notes. In addition, any Note transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Issuers or evidencing a Note that has been acquired by an
affiliate in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public offering must, until one year after the last date on which either the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was an owner of the Note, be in the form of a Definitive Note
and bear the legend regarding transfer restrictions in Section 2.1(d). If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may also obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global
Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. 
 (1) Any
Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Global
Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 (2) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial
interest in a Global Note, the Trustee will (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount of such Global Note equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such
transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note
representing the principal amount not so transferred. 
 (3) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for
another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in
authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange),
registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes,
registered in the name of the Holder thereof. 
 (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture,
in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period. 

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature. If
the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and
validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 At any time and
from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $560,000,000,
(2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount, (3) Exchange Notes for issue only in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and only in exchange for
Initial Notes or Additional Notes of an equal principal amount and (4) under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.6(e), Initial Notes in the form of an Unrestricted Global Note, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers signed
by one Officer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes will be in the form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of
Notes is to be authenticated, the holder of the Notes and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. 
 The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument
signed by a trust officer, a copy 

  
 43 

 
of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in
this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

In case the Issuers or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or
into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which
the Issuers or any Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article
IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other
Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate to reflect such successor Person, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like
principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and
delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall
provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name. 
 SECTION
2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes Register”). The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar. 
 The Issuers
shall advise the Paying Agent in writing five Business Days prior to any interest payment date of any Additional Interest payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which
shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of each such agent. If the Issuers fail to
maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar
or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of any
appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required
by DTC procedures or (ii) written notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at
any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (Eastern time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such
principal, premium or interest when due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying
Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers or
any Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any default by the Issuers (or any other 

  
 44 

 
obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent
for payment in respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuers acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers
at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other
than the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent
for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuers, on their own
behalf and on behalf of each of the Guarantors, shall furnish or cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). 

SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by
presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6. The Trustee will promptly
register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this Section 2.6 by noting the same in the Notes Register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange will be effective until it is registered in such
Notes Register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(e) and 2.1(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial
interest therein), the applicable rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clear-stream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph. 

(b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to
any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any Affiliate of
the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 
 (1) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the
form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within
the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined
not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or
other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture
and the applicable procedures of DTC. 
 (2) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional
Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 or Section 2.10, respectively, from
the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it and the Issuers; and 

  
 45 

 (3) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional
Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and the
delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it. 
 (c) Transfers of Regulation
S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (1) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that
it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that
the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it
is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
 (2) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to an IAI or an AI shall be made upon receipt by the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in
Section 2.8 or Section 2.10, respectively, from the proposed transferee and the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it and the Issuers; and 

(3) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by
the Registrar or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and receipt by the Registrar or its agent of an Opinion of Counsel, certification and/or other information
satisfactory to the Issuer. 
 After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Note may be
transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.8, Section 2.9, Section 2.10 or any additional certification. 

(d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the
Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless
(1) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Exchange Notes in an exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, in which case the Exchange Notes shall not bear a Restricted Notes Legend, (2) an Initial Note is being
transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement, (3) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (4) there is delivered to the Registrar an
Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to it and the Issuers stating that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a
registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note
Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act,
beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (a “Restricted Global Note”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an
“Unrestricted Global Note”) without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (1) with respect to the
Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Issue Date or (2) with respect to Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the
“Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuers shall (i) provide written notice
to DTC and the Trustee at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note,
which the Issuers shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the 

  
 46 

 
DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen
(15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of this Indenture pursuant to which the
Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the “CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the “CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into
which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged into such Unrestricted Global Notes. At the Issuer’s written request on no less than five (5) calendar days’ notice prior to
the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at its expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders; provided that the
Issuers have delivered to the Trustee the information required to be included in such Automatic Exchange Notice. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e), during the fifteen (15) calendar day period prior to the
Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuers shall provide, and the
Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Issuers to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to
the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e), the
aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global
Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be cancelled following the Automatic Exchange. 

(f) Retention of Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written
communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of
reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. To
permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Issuer’s and Registrar’s
written request. 
 No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers
may require the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon
exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.11, 2.13, 3.5, 5.6 or 9.5). 
 The Issuers (and the Registrar) shall not
be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 calendar days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such
mailing or (2) 15 calendar days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may
deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A and B)
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 

  
 47 

 Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.1(f) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled
to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation of
the Trustee. (1) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, Agent Member, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its
nominee or of any participant, member or Agent Member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner, Agent Member or other Person (other than DTC) of any
notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all
payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note
shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants, Agent Members and
any beneficial owners. 
 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with
any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members, Agent Members or beneficial owners in any
Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC. 

SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period. 

[Date] 
 SoftBrands, Inc.

 Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 
 c/o
Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee 
 Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Attention:
SoftBrands, Inc. Administrator 
 Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 with a copy to: 
 Kirkland & Ellis LLP 

601 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10022

 Attention: Joshua N. Korff 

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460 

  
 48 

 Re: SoftBrands, Inc. and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Issuers”). 

11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary
global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that the persons who are
the beneficial owners of $[            ] principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons outside the United States to whom beneficial interests
in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the
undersigned’s interest in the principal amount of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a
copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to IAIs.

 [Date] 
 SoftBrands,
Inc. 
 Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 
 c/o
Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 49 

 Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee 
 Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Attention:
SoftBrands, Inc. Administrator 
 Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 Re: SoftBrands, Inc. and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Issuers”). 
 Ladies and
Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
$[            ] principal amount of the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of the Issuers. 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

											
	 Name:
	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	
						
	 Address:
	 		 	 	 	 	  	 	  	
				
	 Taxpayer ID Number:
	 		  	 	  	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the
Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our
investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as
permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of
original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuers or any
Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a
“qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000
for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state
securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale
Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which 

  
 50 

 
shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer
prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer. 

3. We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

 

			
	 TRANSFEREE:  
	 	 

 
			
		
	 BY:  
	 	 

 SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S. 
 [Date] 
 SoftBrands, Inc. 
 Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 

c/o Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center,
39th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Wilmington
Trust, National Association, as Trustee 
 Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 
 Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 

Attention: SoftBrands, Inc. Administrator 

Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 Re: SoftBrands,
Inc. and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Issuers”). 
 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”)

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of $[            ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any
person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person
acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (c)
no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

  
 51 

 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule
903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be.

 We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers and, to our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes
[is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 The Trustee and the Issuers are entitled to conclusively rely upon this letter and
are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings
set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.10. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to AIs.

 [Date] 
 SoftBrands,
Inc. 
 Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 
 c/o
Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee 
 Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 
 Attention:
SoftBrands, Inc. Administrator 
 Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 Re: SoftBrands, Inc. and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Issuers”). 
 Ladies and
Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
$[            ] principal amount of the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of the Issuers. 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

											
	Name:	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	
						
	Address:	 		 	 	 	 	  	 	  	
				
	Taxpayer ID Number:	 		  	 	  	

  
 52 

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. I am an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”)) and I am acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters
as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of my investment in the Notes and I invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of my business. I am able to bear the economic risk of my investment. 

2. I understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as
permitted in the following sentence. I agree on my own behalf to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of
the Issuers were the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuers or any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person I reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a
“QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside
the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing
for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $200,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with
any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition
of my property be at all times within my control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. Each purchaser acknowledges that
the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel,
certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuer. 
 3. I understand and acknowledge that upon the issuance
thereof, and until such time as the same is no longer required under applicable requirements of the Securities Act or state securities laws, the Notes that I acquire will be certificated Notes that will bear, and all certificates issued in exchange
therefor or in substitution thereof will bear, a restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.1(d) of the Indenture. 
 4. I
am an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
  

			
	 TRANSFEREE:
	 	 

 
			
		
	 BY:
	 	 

 SECTION 2.11. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers and the Trustee
that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification,
(b) makes such request to the Issuers and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”), (c) satisfies any
other reasonable requirements of the Trustee and (d) provides an indemnity bond, as more fully described below; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such
replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced Note, the Trustee and/or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking
therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or

  
 53 

 
the Trustee in connection therewith. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the (i) Trustee to protect the Trustee, Registrar and any agents and
(ii) the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee that such
Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.11, the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith. 

Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this Section 2.11, every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.11, in
lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

The provisions of this Section 2.11 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with
respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 SECTION 2.12. Outstanding Notes.
Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those paid pursuant to Section 2.11 and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A
Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder,
the provisions of Section 12.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of
Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes
which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers shall not be considered outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.11 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to
them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.11. 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money
to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.13. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such
Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the
Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for
Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes,
the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged,
the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes. 

  
 54 

 SECTION 2.14. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee
for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee). If the Issuers or any
Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this
Section 2.14. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange. 

At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed,
repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for
Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and
records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

SECTION 2.15. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the
Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid
when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such
defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause
(a) or (b) below: 
 (a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names
the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time
the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the
proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.15(a). Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “Special Record
Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 20 calendar days and not less than 15 calendar days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 calendar days after the receipt by the
Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 12.2, not less than 10 calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment
of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.15(b). 

  
 55 

 (b) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant
to this Section 2.15(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 
 Subject to the foregoing
provisions of this Section 2.15, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried
by such other Note. 
 SECTION 2.16. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP and
“ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of
such CUSIP and ISIN numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers. 
 ARTICLE III 
 COVENANTS 

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including
Additional Interest) on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) shall be considered paid on the date due if by 10:00 a.m. Eastern
time on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case
may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The
Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and they shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent they are required to do so by law,
deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder. 
 SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Indebtedness. 
 (a) The Issuers and Holdings
will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuers, Holdings and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur
Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than 2.00 to
1.00; provided, further, that Non-Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $35 million of
Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time. 
 (b) The first paragraph of this
covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in
respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount 

  
 56 

 
at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) $1,200 million, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this Section 3.2(b)(1) or any portion
thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (2) Guarantees by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

 (3) Indebtedness of Holdings or the Issuers owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of
a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that: 
 (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuers; and 
 (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than
the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; 

(4) Indebtedness represented by (i) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Guarantee thereof,
(ii) any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes (including any Guarantee thereof), (iii) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (3)) outstanding on the Issue Date,
(iv) Refinancing Indebtedness (including, in the case of the Notes (other than any Additional Notes) and any Guarantee thereof, any exchange notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement) Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause or clauses (5), (7), (10) or (14) of this Section 3.2(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), and (v) Management Advances; 

(5) Indebtedness of (x) Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an
acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either 
  

	 	1.	Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a),

  

	 	2.	the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would not be lower than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or

  

	 	3.	such Indebtedness constitutes Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred in contemplation of the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that the only obligors with respect to such Indebtedness shall be those Persons who were obligors of
such Indebtedness prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation 

 (6) Hedging Obligations
(excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes); 
 (7) Indebtedness represented by
Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal 

  
 57 

 
amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (7) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 2.0% of Total Assets at the
time of Incurrence and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; 
 (8) Indebtedness in respect of
(i) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and
completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) the honoring by a bank or other financial
institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;
(iii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; (iv) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or
other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (v) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (9) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification,
obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital
Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum
liability of Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a Disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at
the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

(10) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Issuers from the issuance or sale
(other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of their Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock,
Designated Preferred Stock or an Excluded Contribution) of the Issuers, in each case, subsequent to the Issue Date; provided, however, that (i) any such Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall not increase the
amount available for making Restricted Payments to the extent the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries Incur Indebtedness in reliance thereon and (ii) any Net Cash Proceeds that are so received or contributed shall be excluded for purposes
of Incurring Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries make a Restricted Payment; 
 (11) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $50 million or (b) 2.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; 

(12) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries to any current or
former employee, director or consultant of the Issuers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of
Capital Stock of the Issuers or any of their Parents that is permitted by Section 3.3; 
 (13) Indebtedness
of the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

  
 58 

 (14) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when
taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed $50.0 million. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
and in compliance with, this Section 3.2: 
 (1) in the event that all or any portion of any item of
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) or (b), the Issuers, in their sole discretion, will classify such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness in one of the clauses of Section 3.2(a) or (b); 
 (2) additionally, all or any portion of any
item of Indebtedness may later be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(a) and (b) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision and any
related Liens are permitted to be Incurred at the time of reclassification; 
 (3) all Indebtedness outstanding
on the Issue Date under the Credit Agreement shall be deemed Incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.2(b)(1) and may not be reclassified; 
 (4) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the
determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (5) if obligations in respect of
letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a), (b)(1), (b)(7), (b)(10), (b)(11) or (b)(14) and the letters of
credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (6) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory
redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; 
 (7) Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or
more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness; and 
 (8) the amount of Indebtedness issued
at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP. 
 Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the
payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of
Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 3.2. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (ii) the
principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 If at any
time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and the Issuers as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to
be Incurred as of such date under this Section 3.2, Holdings and the Issuers shall be in default of this Section 3.2). 

  
 59 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any
Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 Holdings and the Issuers will not, and will
not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness and Permitted Debt) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as
the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of Holdings, the
Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 
 For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness will not be
treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness will not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with
respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral. 
 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 (a) Holdings and the Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of Holdings’, the Issuers’
or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries) except: 

(i) dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of an Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options,
warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of such Issuer; and 
 (ii) dividends or distributions
payable to either of the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than an Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more
than a pro rata basis); 
 (2) purchase, repurchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or any Parent of the Issuers held by Persons other than Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other
than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement or in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date
of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(3)); or 

(4) make any Restricted Investment; 
 (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to
herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment: 

  
 60 

 (i) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
immediately thereafter therefrom); 
 (ii) Holdings and the Issuers are not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 
 (iii) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments permitted by
Section 3.3(b)(6), (10), (11) and (17), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication): 

A. 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from June 1, 2011 to the end of
the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of Holdings are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such
deficit); 
 B. 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or
marketable securities, received by Holdings and the Issuers from the issue or sale of their Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than
through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings or the Issuers subsequent to the Issue Date (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale
of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings, the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by Holdings, the Issuers or
any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 3.3(b)(6) and (z) Excluded
Contributions); 
 C. 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets
or marketable securities, received by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale (other than to Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by Holdings, the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary) by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue
Date of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuers (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) plus, without duplication, the
amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 

D. 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuers,
of marketable securities or other property received by means of: (a) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings, the Issuers or their Restricted
Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings, the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by
Holdings, the Issuers or their Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date or (ii) the sale (other than to Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary 

  
 61 

 
made by Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(10) or (14) or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment)
or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and 
 E. in the case of the redesignation
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary to Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Issuers at the time of the
redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated
or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
Section 3.3(b)(10) or (14) or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment. 

(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 3.3(a) will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted
Payments”): 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of
declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment
would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of
the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) or a
substantially concurrent contribution to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of Holdings; provided, however, that to the extent so
applied, the Net Cash Proceeds, or fair market value of property or assets or of marketable securities, from such sale of Capital Stock or such contribution will be excluded from Section 3.3(a)(3); 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made
by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; 
 (4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds
of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; 

(5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary: 
 (i) from Net Available Cash to the extent
permitted under Section 3.5, but only if the Issuers shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 3.5 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to
purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; 

  
 62 

 (ii) to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Issuers shall have first complied with
Section 3.9 and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or 
 (iii) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by Holdings, the Issuers or
a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition); 
 (6) a
Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its Parents held by any future, present or former employee, director or
consultant of Holdings, the Issuers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock
option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments
made under this clause (6) do not exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years subject to a maximum of $10.0 million in any fiscal year); provided further
that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (i) the cash proceeds from
the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to the capital of Holdings (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or an
Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any of Holdings’ Parents, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Issuers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of their Parents that occurred after the Issue Date,
to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(3); plus 

(ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the
Issue Date; less 
 (iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant
to clauses (i) and (ii) of this clause (6); 
 and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to
Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Parents or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of
Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary,
Incurred in accordance with Section 3.2; 
 (8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other
acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; 

  
 63 

 (9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other
payments by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in amounts equal to (without duplication): 
 (i)
the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses or any Related Taxes; or 
 (ii) amounts
constituting or to be used for purposes of making payments to the extent specified in Section 3.8(b)(2), (3), (5) and (12); 
 (10) the declaration and payment by Holdings of, dividends on the common stock or common equity interests of Holdings or any Parent following a public offering of such common stock or common equity
interests, in an amount not to exceed 6% of the proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any public offering in any fiscal year; 
 (11) payments by Holdings, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares
of such Capital Stock; provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this covenant or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or other return of
capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors); 
 (12)
Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (13)(i) the declaration and payment of
dividends on Designated Preferred Stock of Holdings issued after the Issue Date; and (ii) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock; provided, however, that, in the case of clause
(i), the amount of all dividends declared or paid pursuant to this clause shall not exceed the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings or the aggregate amount contributed in cash to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or
an Excluded Contribution) of Holdings, from the issuance or sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; provided further, in the case of clause (ii), that for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements
are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
the test set forth in Section 3.2(a); 
 (14) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash and Cash Equivalents); 

(15) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets
and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; 
 (16) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any Parent of Holdings to
permit payment by such Parent of such amounts), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the case of a dividend to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by Holdings, would be permitted by) the covenant described under
Section 3.8(b)(13); 
 (17) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or
would result from), Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed $35.0 million; and 
 (18) mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration for a Permitted Investment. 

  
 64 

 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on
the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of
any cash Restricted Payment shall be its face amount, and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of Holdings acting in good faith.

 SECTION 3.4. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) Each of the Issuers and Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) make any loans or advances to Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness
Incurred by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction. 

(b) The provisions of Section 3.4(a) shall not prohibit: 

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (i) any Credit Facility or (ii) any other agreement or
instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and
the Note Guarantees; 
 (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument is assumed by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide
all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by Holdings or the Issuers or was merged, consolidated or
otherwise combined with or into Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause (2),
if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the
Successor Company; 
 (5) any encumbrance or restriction: (i) that restricts in a customary manner the
subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement; (ii) contained in mortgages,
pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing 

  
 65 

 
Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the
property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or (iii) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the
Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money
Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired; 

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or
disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

 (8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements and
instruments; 
 (9) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any
applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority; 
 (10) any encumbrance or
restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations; 
 (12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be Incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 that impose restrictions
solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries; 
 (13) restrictions created in
connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of Holdings, are necessary or advisable to effect such Securitization Facility; 

(14) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted
to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 3.2 if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the
encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) and where,
in the case of clause (ii), either (A) the Issuers determine at the time of issuance of such Indebtedness that such encumbrances or restrictions will not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuers’ ability to make principal or
interest payments on the Notes or (B) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such Indebtedness; 
 (15) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted under Section 3.6; or 
 (16) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise refinances, an agreement or instrument referred
to in clauses (1) to (15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to
(15) of this Section 3.4(b) or this clause (16); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any
material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good
faith by the Issuers). 

  
 66 

 SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

(a) The Issuers and Holdings will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

 (1) Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including
by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset
Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap); 

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is
a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by Holdings, the Issuers
or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
 (3) an
amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be: 

(i) to the extent Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the
terms of any Indebtedness), (A) to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor or that is secured by a Lien (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary) or Indebtedness under the
Credit Agreement (or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereof) within 450 days from the later of (a) the date of such Asset Disposition and (b) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in
connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (i), Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an
amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (B) to prepay, repay or purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness at a price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of such prepayment, repayment or purchase; provided that, to the extent the Issuers redeem, repay or repurchase Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (B), the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations
under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an
Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(ii) to the extent the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets
(including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Issuers or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 450 days from the later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and
(B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that any such reinvestment in Additional Assets made pursuant to a definitive binding agreement or a commitment approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuers that
is executed or approved within such time will satisfy this requirement, so long as such investment is consummated within 180 days of such 450th day; 
 provided that, pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) above, Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may
temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 

  
 67 

 (b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or
committed to be applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture. On the 451st day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
under this Indenture exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuers will within 10 Business Days be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes issued under such indenture and, to the extent the Issuers elect,
to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an
offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of
purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and, with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. The Issuers will deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise
in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be
no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. 
 (c) To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the
Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari
Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be allocated among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the
aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, subject to adjustments by the Issuers to maintain the authorized denominations for the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the
amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect
of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. dollars that is actually received by the Issuers upon converting such portion into
U.S. dollars. 
 (e) For the purposes of Section 3.5(a)(2) hereof, the following will be deemed to be cash: 

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Issuers or a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuers or a Guarantor) and the release of the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset
Disposition; 
 (2) securities, notes or other obligations received by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuers from the transferee that are converted by Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; 

(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset
Disposition, to the extent that Holdings, the Issuers and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuers (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the
Issue Date from Persons who are not Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (5) any Designated
Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with 

  
 68 

 
all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $45.0 million and 1.75% of Total Assets (with the
fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 (f) The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations (and rules of any exchange on which the
Notes are then listed) thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations (or exchange rules) are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 3.5. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange rules) and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in
this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. The Issuers and Holdings will not, and will not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers), whether
owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien secures any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) the obligations
so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes
pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Guarantees. 
 (a) The Issuers will not permit any of their Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital
markets debt securities of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary or guarantee all or a portion of the Credit Agreement), other than a Guarantor, to Guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuers or any other Guarantor unless:

 (1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture
and joinder or supplement to the Registration Rights Agreement providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its
express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee
substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; provided that 
 (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such
Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and 

(ii) if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the
Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated to
such Indebtedness; 
 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take
the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuers or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment
in full of Obligations under this Indenture; and 

  
 69 

 (3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that: 
 (i) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

(ii) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar
as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principals of equity;

 provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time
such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) The Issuers may elect, in their sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall only be required
to comply with the 30-day period described in Section 3.7(a)(1). 
 SECTION 3.8. Limitation on Affiliate
Transactions. 
 (a) The Issuers and Holdings will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuers (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving
aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million unless: 
 (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole
are not materially less favorable to Holdings, the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing
for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and 
 (2) in the
event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings. 

Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 3.8(a)(2) if such Affiliate
Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of Holdings, if any. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 3.8(a) above shall not apply to: 
 (1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to
Section 3.3, or any Permitted Investment; 
 (2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other
equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit
plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of Holdings, the Issuers, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent,
restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement,
savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or the Issuers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 (3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto; 

  
 70 

 (4) any transaction between or among the Issuers and any Restricted
Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) the payment of compensation, reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses
provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers
or employees); 
 (6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Issuers or any of their Restricted
Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified,
supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this covenant or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect; 

(7) any customary transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each
case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Issuers or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuers or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or
are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 
 (9) any transaction between or among the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuers or an Associate or similar entity solely because the Issuers or a
Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any Permitted Holder owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity; 

(10) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuers or
options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(11) without duplication in respect of payments made pursuant to Section 3.8(b)(12) hereof, (i) payments by the
Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly) of annual customary management, consulting, monitoring or advisory fees and related expenses, and (ii) customary payments by the Issuers or any
Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder (whether directly or indirectly, including through any Parent) for financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in
connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith; 
 (12) payment to any Permitted Holder of all reasonable out of pocket expenses Incurred by such Permitted Holder in connection with its direct or indirect investment in the Issuers and their Subsidiaries;

 (13) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions; 

(14) transactions in which the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter
from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 3.8(a)(1); 

  
 71 

 (15) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, the Issuers or any
Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement
that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or
under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause (15) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material
respects; and 
 (16) any purchases by the Issuers’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the
Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Issuers’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Issuers’ Affiliates are on the
same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Issuers’ Affiliates. 
 SECTION 3.9. Change of Control.

 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with
respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.7(e), the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control
Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each
Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the
Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and
described in such notice. 
 (b) The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations (and rules of any exchange on which the Notes are then listed) thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations (or exchange rules) are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations (or exchange rules) conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations (or exchange
rules) and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (c) On the
Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law, 
 (1) accept for payment
all Notes issued by them or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, 
 (2)
deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have
been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers. 
 (d) The Paying Agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the Notes
tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 

  
 72 

 (e) If the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid on the relevant interest payment date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record
date. 
 (f) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party
makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (g) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuers as described in Section 3.9(f), purchases all of the Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of
Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. 

(h) While the Notes are in global form and the Issuers makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations. 
 SECTION 3.10. Reports. 
 (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, Holdings
will furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) within 90 (135 days in the case of the fiscal years ended May 31, 2011
and May 31, 2012) days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of Holdings containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act
if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information was provided in the offering memorandum for the Notes), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” (B) audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and (C) a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries consistent with the presentation thereof in the
offering memorandum for the Notes and derived from such financial statements; provided that the financial statements for Lawson and SoftBrands will be audited separately for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2011; 

(2) within 45 days (75 days in the case of the first three fiscal quarters ending after the Issue Date) after the end of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of Holdings containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange
Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information was provided in the offering memorandum for the Notes), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and (C) a presentation of Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries consistent with the presentation thereof in
the offering memorandum for the Notes and derived from such financial statements; and 
 (3) within the time
periods specified for filing current reports on Form 8-K after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a current report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the
Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a current report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if Holdings had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act;
provided, however, that no such current report will be required to be furnished if Holdings determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to Holders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects
of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

  
 73 

 
provided further, however, that such reports (A) will not be required to comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and
308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein) and (B) will not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors
contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 
 (b) At any time that any of the Subsidiaries of Holdings
are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual reports required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the
financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Holdings. 
 (c) So long as any notes are
outstanding, Holdings will also: 
 (1) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no
fewer than three Business Days prior to the first public disclosure of the annual and quarterly reports required by clauses (1) and (2) of the first paragraph of this “Certain Covenants—Reports” covenant announcing the date
on which such reports will become publicly available and directing Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of Holdings to obtain copies of such reports; 

(2) within 10 Business Days after furnishing to the Trustee the annual and quarterly reports required by clauses
(1) and (2) of the first paragraph of this “Reports” covenant, hold a conference call to discuss such reports and the results of operations for the relevant reporting period; 

(3) issue a press release to an internationally recognized wire service no fewer than three Business Days prior to the
date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with this paragraph, announcing the time and date of such conference call and either including all information necessary to access the call or directing Holders, prospective investors,
broker-dealers and securities analysts to contact the appropriate person at Holdings to obtain such information; and 
 (4) maintain a website to which Holders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts are given access and to which all of the reports and press releases required by this
“Reports” covenant are posted. 
 (d) In addition, Holdings shall furnish to Holders, prospective investors,
broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 

(e) In the event that any Parent of the Issuers becomes a guarantor of the Notes, this Indenture will permit the Issuers to satisfy their
obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to the Issuers by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable
detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 

SECTION 3.11. Future Guarantors. 
 (a) If on or after the Issue Date (1) a Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) that is not a Guarantor Guarantees the Credit Agreement, or (2) the Issuers or any
of their Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates a Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) and such Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary Guarantees the Credit Agreement, then, in each case, the Issuers shall cause such
Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor and execute and deliver (within five Business Days of guaranteeing the Credit Agreement or becoming a Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary, as the case may be) to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, pursuant to 

  
 74 

 
which such Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if
any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other obligations under this Indenture. 
 (b) The Issuers shall not permit any Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary), directly or indirectly, to Guarantee the Credit Agreement unless such Wholly Owned Domestic
Subsidiary (i) is a Guarantor or (ii) within five Business Days executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary
shall unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, the full and prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all
other obligations under this Indenture. 
 (c) Each Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Article X. 

SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuers will maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and
where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402, shall
be such office or agency of either of the Issuers, unless the Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location
of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made or served at the
corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the Issuers hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations and surrenders. 
 The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any
such designation. The Issuers will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article III, Article IV and Section 10.2(b), the
Issuers will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect their corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the
rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuers and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate,
partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective Board of Directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that
taken together would not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior management of the Issuers determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION
3.14. Payment of Taxes. The Issuers shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuers or any
Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuers), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment will not be
disadvantageous to the Holders. 
 SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent. The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of
their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture,
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

  
 75 

 SECTION 3.16. Compliance Certificate. Each of the Issuers shall deliver to the
Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the applicable Issuer an Officer’s Certificate, one of the signers of which shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of
the applicable Issuer, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the applicable Issuer he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer
knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year; provided that no such Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any fiscal year ended prior to the Issue Date. If such Officer does have such
knowledge, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the applicable Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuers shall also comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4). 

SECTION 3.17. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or as necessary to comply with future developments or
requirements, the Issuers will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 3.18. Conduct of Business. The Issuers will not, and will not permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in
any businesses other than any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto or any reasonable
extension thereof. 
 SECTION 3.19. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, as
soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Issuers become aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the
actions which the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 3.20. Designation of Restricted and
Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Boards of Directors of the Issuers may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default or an Event of Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be
an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuers. That
designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Boards of Directors of the Issuers may redesignate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default or an Event of Default. 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuers as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee
a resolution of the Board of Directors of such Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 3.3. If, at any time,
any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed
to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 3.2, the Issuers will be in default of such covenant. 

The Board of Directors of an Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of such Issuer;
provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if
(1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 3.2, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in
existence following such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of an Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of such Issuer giving effect to
such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions. 

  
 76 

 SECTION 3.21. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

Holdings, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they will not at any time
insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture;
and the Issuers and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 SECTION 3.22. Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status. 
 (a) Following the first day that the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then beginning on that day and
continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), Holdings, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

 (b) If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with
performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the
Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind
shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of Holdings, the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries shall bear any
liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or
events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension
Period.” 
 (c) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified as
having been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses of Section 3.2(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness
Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 3.2(a) or (b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on
the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(4)(iii). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3 will be made as though
Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under
Section 3.3(a). In addition, any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date. 

ARTICLE IV 

SUCCESSOR COMPANY; SUCCESSOR PERSON 
 SECTION 4.1. Merger and Consolidation. 
 (a) Each of the Issuers will not
consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 

  
 77 

 (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor
Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the applicable Issuer) will expressly assume, by
supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee all the obligations of the applicable Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or
existing under such laws; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, either (a) Holdings and the Issuers would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would not be lower than it was immediately
prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 
 (4) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental
indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company; provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s
Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above. 
 (b) For purposes
of this Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuers, which properties and assets, if held by the
Issuers instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuers on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Issuers. 
 (c) The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
applicable Issuer under this Indenture but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor Issuer will not be released from its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence),
(i) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuers and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine
with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding clauses (a)(2) and (a)(3) (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), any Issuer may
consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the applicable Issuer, reincorporating the applicable Issuer in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal
form of the applicable Issuer. 
 (e) The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of clause (a)(2)) shall not apply to
the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuers. 
 (f) No Guarantor may: 

(1) consolidate with or merge with or into any Person; or 

(2) sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, to, any Person; or 

  
 78 

 (3) permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor, unless

 (i) the other Person is an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor
concurrently with the transaction; or 
 (ii) (A) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or
(y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes; and 
 (B) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or 
 (iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the
Guarantor (in each case other than to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE V

 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 
 SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee. 
 (a) If the Issuers elect or are required
to redeem Notes pursuant to Sections 3.5, 3.9, 4.2, 5.7, hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at least 35 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 

(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 

(2) the redemption date; 
 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 
 (4) the
redemption price. 
 (b) Any optional redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuers
at any time prior to notice of redemption being sent to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void. 
 SECTION 5.2.
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to
Sections 3.5 or 5.7, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Issuers, and in compliance with
the requirements of DTC, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC or DTC prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note in an
authorized denomination of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 
 (b) In the event of
partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 35 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not
previously called for redemption or purchase. 
 (c) The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole
multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the
preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

  
 79 

 SECTION 5.3. Notice of Redemption. 

(a) Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XI hereof. 
 (b) The notice will identify the Notes (including the CUSIP or ISIN number)
to be redeemed and will state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 

(2) the redemption price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (4) the name and
address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price; 
 (6) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest
and Additional Interest, if any, on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 

(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or
printed on the Notes. 
 (c) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note
shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an
appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein),
Notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption payment, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called
for redemption. 
 (d) At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name
and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as the Trustee may agree but in no event less than 35 days), an Officer’s Certificate
requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is sent in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. Notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering (in the case of redemption
pursuant to Section 5.7(b) hereof) or Change of Control (in the case of purchase pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof), as the case may be. 

  
 80 

 SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 

(a) Prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuers will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuers any
money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 (b) If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date,
interest and Additional Interest, if any, will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for
redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any
interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof. 

SECTION 5.6. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers will
issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that each
such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION 5.7.
Optional Redemption. 
 (a) Except as set forth in Section 5.7(b), (c) and (d), the Notes are not redeemable at
the option of the Issuers. 
 (b) At any time prior to July 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part,
at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, to the redemption date. 
 (c) At any time and from time to time on or after July 15, 2015, the Issuers
may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest,
if any, on the notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below 
  

					
	 12-month period commencing July 15 in Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	105.750	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (d) At any time and from time to time prior to July 15, 2014, the Issuers may redeem Notes with the
net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 111.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such
redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that: 

  
 81 

 (1) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after
the closing of the related Equity Offering; and 
 (2) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal
amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries). 

(e) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more
conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering). 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the
Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuers. 

(g) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (h) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6. 
 SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers are not
required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided, however, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 3.5,
3.9 and 4.2. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
 ARTICLE VI

 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. 
  

	 	(a)	Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 

 (1) default in any payment of interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days; 
 (2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon
declaration or otherwise; 
 (3) failure to comply with Holdings’ or the Issuers’ agreements or obligations contained
in this Indenture for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuers or any of their
Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is
created after the date hereof, which default: 
 (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such
Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness; or 
 (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity; 

  
 82 

 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more; 
 (5) failure by the Issuers or a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuers and their
Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and
creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been
commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 
 (6) any Guarantee of the
Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or
upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (7) the Issuer or any Guarantor that is
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property; 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(v) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or 

(vi) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; and 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Issuer or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that,
taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuer, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the
Issuer, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its property; 
 (iii) orders the
winding up or liquidation of the Issuer, any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Issuer, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or 
 (iv) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

  
 83 

 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. 

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (a)(7) or (a)(8) of Section 6.1) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall (subject to the
Trustee’s rights under Section 6.5), declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such
principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. 

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(4) above has
occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(4) above shall be remedied or cured,
or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the
annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 

(c) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(a)(7) or (8) above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if
any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by
written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders, (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing
Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on a Note or (ii) a
Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) such
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (2) all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if
any, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, Additional Interest, if any, premium, if any, and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (4) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances and (5) in the event of
the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (4) of Section 6.1, the Trustee shall have received an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such Event of Default has been cured or
waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of
Default or impair any consequent right 
 SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee 

  
 84 

 
or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or the Notes or, subject to
Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all fees, losses and expenses (including attorney’s fees and
expenses) caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Subject to Section 6.7, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue
the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the
Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60
days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

(b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders). 

SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without
limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or
provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.1
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, their Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be
entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any
Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount
due it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 

  
 85 

 No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 

(a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI it shall pay out the money or property in the
following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under Section 7.7; 

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest and
Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal of, or premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest), respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuers, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 

(b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days
before such record date, the Issuers shall send or cause to be sent to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not
apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a
prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except
during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or
orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished
to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

  
 86 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its
own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not
limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and 

(4) No provision of this Indenture or the Notes shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise
incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against
such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. 
 (f) Money held in trust by
the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA. 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1: 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such
reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuer. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts
or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of
Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly
by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel relating to this Indenture or
the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

  
 87 

 (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or
whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant
Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 3.12, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee
in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (h) If an Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or
security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have
knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee. 
 (j) Whenever in the
administration of this Indenture or the Notes the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein
specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (l) The Trustee
shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (m) The
Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes. 

(n) In no event shall the Trustee be liable to any Person for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of
any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. 
 (o) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from any Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of the applicable Issuer. 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the
Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the Trustee must
(i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money

  
 88 

 
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this
Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by the Issuers, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders
within 60 days after being notified by the Issuers. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a
committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s
Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any events of which
they are aware which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take in respect thereof. 
 SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each May 31 beginning May 31, 2012, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 31 that
complies with TIA Section 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with TIA Section 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers agree to notify the Trustee promptly in
writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 313(d). 
 SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes as the Issuers and the Trustee shall from
time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred
or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and
expenses, disbursements and advances of the agents, counsel, accountants and experts of the Trustee. The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based
upon the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys’ and agents’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, on its part in
connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and the Notes and of defending itself
against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify
the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and
the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of
outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense. 
 To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or
property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s respective right to receive payment of any amounts due under this
Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuers. 
 The Issuers’ payment
obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.8. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under
applicable law, when the Trustee incurs fees, expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (7) or clause (8) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel
and agents) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 89 

 SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so
notifying the Issuers in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not less than 30
days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the
retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, at the expense of the Issuers, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Issuers’ expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.7
shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall have no liability for any action or inaction of any successor Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another
corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated
but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any
successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee
or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger, consolidation or conversion. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee that satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The
Trustee shall have a combined capital 

  
 90 

 
and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there
shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the
Issuers. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent
indicated. 
 SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers. Any application by the Trustee
for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such
omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be
less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually receives such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in
the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuers may, at their option and at any
time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 
 SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors
will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth
below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Notes (including the Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have
satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all
then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when such
payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.4 hereof; 
 (b) the Issuers’ obligations with
respect to the Notes under Article II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.12 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and
money for security payments held in trust; 
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the
Issuers’ or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (d) this Article VIII with respect to provisions
relating to Legal Defeasance. 

  
 91 

 SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance.1 Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuers and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in
Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.16, 3.19, 3.21 and Section 4.1 (except Section 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in
Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and
the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and
Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere
herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof,
but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(a)(3) (other than with respect to Section 4.1(a)(1) and (a)(2)), 6.1(a)(4), 6.1(a)(6), 6.1(a)(7), 6.1(a)(8) (with respect only to a Guarantor that
is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), and 6.1(a)(9) (with respect only to a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Guarantors that taken together
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal
or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof: 
 (a) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, due on the Notes issued under this Indenture on the stated maturity
date or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions; 
 (1) the Issuers have received from, or there
has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 
 (2) since the issuance of such
Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law; 
 in either case to the effect
that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall state that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(1) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the
United States stating that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

 

	1 	NTD: To confirm all cross-references. 

  
 92 

 (2) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing
funds to be applied to make such deposit and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (3) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than
this Indenture) to which, the Issuers or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (4) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust
funds will not be subject to the effect of Sections 547 and 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally under any
applicable U.S. federal or state law; 
 (5) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuers or any Guarantor or others; and 

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in the United
States (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied
with. 
 SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly
or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuers will pay
and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than
any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding
anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which,
in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount
thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION
8.6. Repayment to the Issuers. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then
held by the Issuers) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such
repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice 

  
 93 

 
that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such
money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuers. 
 SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is
unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2
or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of
principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S.
Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENTS 

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. 
 (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor (with respect to its Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend, supplement or modify this Indenture, any
Guarantee and the Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect,
error or inconsistency, conform any provision to any provision under the heading “Description of the Notes” in the Offering Memorandum or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes; 

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of any Issuer or any Guarantor under any Note
Document; 
 (3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(4) add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (5) make any change that does not adversely affect
the rights of any Holder in any material respect; 
 (6) at the Issuers’ election, comply with any
requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, if such qualification is required; 
 (7) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Issuers) for the issuance of Exchange Notes and Additional Notes; 

(8) to provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 3.2, to add Guarantees
with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination,
discharge or retaking is provided for under this Indenture; 
 (9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and
appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document; or 

  
 94 

 (10) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to
the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes and the Exchange Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this
Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

 Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of
any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental
indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such
amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the
Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this
Section 9.1. 
 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. 

(a) Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes issued hereunder with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and issued under this Indenture, including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal
of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).
Section 2.12 hereof and Section 12.6 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2. 
 Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by resolutions of their Boards of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of
evidence of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 9.6 and 12.4 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuers and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or
supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter
into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 Without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement
or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes issued thereunder and held by a nonconsenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce
the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) reduce the stated rate of
or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.5 and Section 3.9); 
 (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note; 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed, in each case as set forth in Section 5.7; 

  
 95 

 (5) make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

 (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes
on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); or 
 (8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this Section 9.2. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment,
supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such
Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange. 
 After an amendment or supplement under this
Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an
amendment or supplement. 
 SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this
Indenture, any Guarantee and the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder
of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuers
may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record
date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or
waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, 

  
 96 

 
duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Boards of Directors of the Issuers approve it. In executing any amended
or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.4 hereof, an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is valid, binding and enforceable against the Issuers in accordance with its
terms. 
 ARTICLE X 
 GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. Subject to the provisions of
this Article X, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, and the Trustee the full and
punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest) on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuers
under this Indenture (including without limitation interest (including Additional Interest) accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuers or
any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7), and the Registration Rights Agreement (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called
the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations will rank equally in right of payment with other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, except to the extent such other Indebtedness is subordinate to the
Guaranteed Obligations, in which case the obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantees will rank senior in right of payment to such other Indebtedness. 
 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose signature
is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will
remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 Each
Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed
Obligations. 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a
Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment
of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the
invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by
(a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any
thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder for the Guaranteed

  
 97 

 
Obligations; (e) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Guarantor; (f) any change in the ownership of the Issuers; (g) any default, failure or
delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (h) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or
would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that its
Guarantee herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XI. Each
Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any of
the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise. 
 In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers to pay any of the
Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be
paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or
like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding). 
 Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated
as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of
any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee. 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all fees, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the
Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
 SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination,
Release and Discharge. 
 (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of
each Guarantor hereunder will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent
conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal, foreign or state law and not otherwise being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 

(b) Any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon: 

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of
any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) defeasance or discharge of the
Notes pursuant to Article VIII or Article XI; 

  
 98 

 (4) to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely
due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the release of the guarantee referred to in such clause, or 
 (5) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Note Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date. 

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that any Guarantor shall have paid more than
its proportionate share of any payment made on the obligations under the Guarantees, such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against the Issuers or any other Guarantor who has not paid its proportionate share of
such payment. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full
amount guaranteed by such Guarantor hereunder. 
 SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments
made by each Guarantor hereunder, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the
Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor
hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of
the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be
turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations. 

ARTICLE XI 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 SECTION 11.1. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(a) either: 
 (1) all Notes that have been authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust,
have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year at their Stated Maturity or (iii) are to be called for
redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, in the name, and at the expense of the Issuers; 

(b) the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of
the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not
previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

 (c) no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and the
granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes 

  
 99 

 
issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under the Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 

(d) the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Issuers under this Indenture; and 

(e) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes
issued hereunder at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Issuers shall deliver an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(2) of this Section 11.1, the provisions of Sections
11.2 and 8.6 hereof will survive. 
 SECTION 11.2. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of
Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including an Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment
such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations,
the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE XII 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 12.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this
Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under
the TIA. 
 SECTION 12.2. Notices. Any notice, request, direction, consent or communication made pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture or the Notes shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail in pdf format, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows: 

  
 100

 if to the Issuers or to any Guarantor: 

SoftBrands, Inc. 

Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 
 c/o Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor 

San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Attention: 
 Facsimile: 

with a copy to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 601 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10022 

Attention: Joshua N. Korff 
 Facsimile: (212) 446-6460 
 if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office,
which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof located at: 
 Wilmington Trust, National
Association 
 Corporate Capital Markets 
 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290 
 Minneapolis, MN 55402-1544 

Attention: SoftBrands, Inc. Administrator 
 Facsimile: (612) 217-5651 
 The Issuers or the Trustee by written notice to
the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 Any notice or
communication to the Issuers or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered or if delivered electronically, in pdf format; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and seven
calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the
Trustee shall be deemed delivered upon receipt. 
 Any notice or communication sent to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at
the Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so sent within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above,
it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a
Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from DTC or its designee. 

SECTION 12.3. Communication by Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other
Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 

  
 101

 SECTION 12.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been satisfied and all covenants have been complied with. 
 SECTION 12.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than a
Certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials. 

SECTION 12.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have
concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be
protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be
considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 12.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make
reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 12.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York,
New York or the state of the place of payment. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a
Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 12.9. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES,
INCLUDING ANY NOTE GUARANTEES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 102

 SECTION 12.10. Jurisdiction. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that any suit,
action or proceeding against the Issuers or any Guarantor brought by any Holder or the Trustee arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes may be instituted in any state or Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, New
York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of them irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. The Issuers and the Guarantors irrevocably waive, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action, or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Guarantee or the Notes, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to securities laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree
that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Issuers or the
Guarantors, as the case may be, are subject by a suit upon such judgment. 
 SECTION 12.11. Waivers of Jury
Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. 
 SECTION 12.12. USA
PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to
obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in
order to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act. 
 SECTION 12.13. No Recourse Against Others. No director,
officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or such (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the
Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 

SECTION 12.14. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their
respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 12.15. Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or
PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall
be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 SECTION 12.16. Qualification of Indenture. The Issuers
have agreed to qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and to pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the
Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from
the Issuers any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 

  
 103

 SECTION 12.17. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference
table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 SECTION 12.18. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION 12.19. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 [Signature on following pages] 

  
 104

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the
date and year first written above. 
  

			
	SOFTBRANDS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 

		 	Name:    Gregory M. Giangiordano
		 	Title:      President and Assistant Secretary
	
	ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC.
		
	By:	 	 

		 	Name:    Gregory M. Giangiordano
		 	Title:      Vice President and Assistant Secretary
	
	GGC SOFTWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:    Prescott Ashe
		 	Title:      Vice President and Secretary
	
	 HOTEL INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.
 MAI SYSTEMS CORPORATION
 SOFTBRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SOFTBRANDS LICENSING, INC.
 SOFTBRANDS
MANUFACTURING, INC.,
 as Guarantors

		
	By:	 	 

		 	Name:    Gregory M. Giangiordano
		 	Title:      President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the
date and year first written above. 
  

			
	SOFTBRANDS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:    Gregory M. Giangiordano
		 	Title:      President and Assistant Secretary
	
	ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:    Gregory M. Giangiordano
		 	Title:      Vice President and Assistant Secretary
	
	GGC SOFTWARE HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 

		 	Name:    Prescott Ashe
		 	Title:      Vice President and Secretary
	
	 HOTEL INFORMATION SYSTEMS, INC.
 MAI SYSTEMS CORPORATION
 SOFTBRANDS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

SOFTBRANDS LICENSING, INC.
 SOFTBRANDS
MANUFACTURING, INC.,
 as Guarantors

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:    Gregory M. Giangiordano
		 	Title:      President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 
			
	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 

		 	Name:    Jane Schweiger
		 	Title:      Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL RESTRICTED NOTE] 
 [Applicable Restricted Notes Legend]

 [Depository Legend, if applicable] 
 [OID Legend, if applicable] 
 [Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable]

  

			
	 No.
	  	 [            ] Principal Amount $560,000,000 [as revised by
the
 Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached
 hereto]
 CUSIP
NO.                                        
              

 SOFTBRANDS, INC. AND ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC. 

11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 
 SoftBrands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SoftBrands”), and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with SoftBrands, the “Issuers”), promise to pay
to [Cede & Co.], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of              Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on
July 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: July 15 and January 15, commencing on January 15, 2012 

Record Dates: July 1 and January 1 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 A-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	SOFTBRANDS, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This Note is one of the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 A-2

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

SOFTBRANDS, INC. AND ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC. 
 11.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 
  

	1.	Interest 

 SoftBrands,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (such corporations, and their successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuers”), promise to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at 11.5% per annum from July 5, 2011 until maturity and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Issuers will pay
interest semi-annually in arrears every July 15 and January 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall
accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2012. The Issuers shall pay interest on
overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (including Additional Interest) (without regard to any
applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 In addition to the rights provided to Holders of the Notes under the Indenture, Holders of [Exchange Securities] (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall have all rights set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 5, 2011, among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to
receive Additional Interest in certain circumstances. If applicable, Additional Interest shall be paid to the same Persons, in the same manner and at the same times as regular interest. 

[Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall
not be entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.] 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in
immediately available funds to pay such principal, premium, interest and Additional Interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding July 1 and January 1 at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture.
The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (and Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be
the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the
Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States
maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) will be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository. Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest,
if any) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects
payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or

  
 A-3

 
such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for
the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuers
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and
the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the
“Act”). The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. 
 The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuers. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 11.5% Senior
Notes due 2018 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $560,000,000 principal amount of the Issuers’ 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 issued under the Indenture on July 5, 2011 (the “Initial Notes”),
(ii) if and when issued, additional Notes that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to July 5, 2011 (the “Additional Notes”) as provided in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture and (iii) if
and when issued, the Issuers’ 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration
Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Notes”). The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted
subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Notes by certain subsidiaries. 

 

	5.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The
Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption payments or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Section 3.5 and
Section 3.9 of the Indenture. The Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
  

	6.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee
the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any (including post-filing or post-petition interest), on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes
when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with
the Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	7.	Redemption 

 (a) At any
time prior to July 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus
the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
  

  
 A-4

 (b) At any time and from time to time prior to July 15, 2014, the Issuers may redeem
Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 111.5% plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, thereon, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal
amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing
of the related Equity Offering; and (ii) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by
the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries)). The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

(c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 7, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option
prior to July 15, 2015. 
 (d) At any time and from time to time on or after July 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the
Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any on the
notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	105.750	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.00	% 

 (e) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the
satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering). 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the
Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuers. 

(g) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 
 (h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 Except as set forth in paragraph 5 above, the
Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If
a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture, the Issuers will make an offer to
purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but
excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will
deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a 

  
 A-5

 
copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or
transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. 
 Upon certain Asset
Dispositions, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the
Issuers’ option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to
the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture. 
  

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The
Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such
mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

[This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article II of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or
more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note.] 
  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Interest, if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person
for payment. 
  

	12.	Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of its
obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes to redemption or
maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

  
 A-6

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If
an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at
least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including
Additional Interest, if any) on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all the Notes will become and be immediately
due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the
Notes and its consequences. 
  

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors
or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, the
Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

 

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than
the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws
and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  

	17.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	19.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and
ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 A-7

 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder
a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 SoftBrands, Inc. 

Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 
 c/o Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor 

San Francisco, CA 94111 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 A-8

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this
Note to: 
  
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 

					
	Date:	  	Your signature	 	  

  
  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

The undersigned hereby certifies that it  ̈ is /  ̈ is not
an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee  ̈ is /  ̈ is not an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one
year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

	 	(1)         ̈	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or 

  

	 	(2)         ̈	transferred to the Issuers; or 

  

	 	(3)         ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or

  

	 	(4)         ̈	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or 

 

	 	(5)         ̈	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or 

 

	 	(6)         ̈	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) or an
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(4) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8 or
2.10 of the Indenture, respectively); or 

  

	 	(7)         ̈	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

  
 A-9

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in its sole
discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

			
	 	    	  

Signature

	 Signature Guarantee:
	    	
		
	  
 (Signature must be
guaranteed)
	    	  

Signature

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX (1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is
a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information
regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to
claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	 	    	  

Dated:

  
 A-10

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or Notes
Custodian
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	

  
 A-11

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

Section 3.5     ̈        
Section 3.9     ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only
part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):
$             and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion
of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):
                    . 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 	Your Signature	 	  

		 		    		 	       (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)
		
	Signature Guarantee:	    	  

		 		    	(Signature must be guaranteed)

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-12

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE GLOBAL NOTE] 
 [Depository Legend, if applicable]

 [OID Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	 No. [    ]
	  	 Principal Amount
$[                    ] [as revised by the

Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1
 CUSIP
NO.                                        
              

 SOFTBRANDS, INC. AND ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC. 

11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 
 SoftBrands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Issuers”), promise to pay to [Cede & Co.],1 or its registered assigns, the principal sum of
                    Dollars, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on July 15, 2018.

 Interest Payment Dates: July 15 and January 15, commencing on January 15, 2012 

Record Dates: July 1 and January 1 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	1 	Insert in Global Notes only 

  
 B-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	SOFTBRANDS, INC.
		
	By:  	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC.
		
	By:  	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This Note is one of the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

Dated:                        
                       

  
 B-2

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

SOFTBRANDS, INC. AND ATLANTIS MERGER SUB, INC. 
 11.5% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018 
 Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 
  

	1.	Interest 

 SoftBrands,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. (such corporations, and their successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuers”), promises to pay interest on the
principal amount of this Note at 11.5% per annum from July 5, 2011 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually in arrears every July 15 and January 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance;
provided, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2012. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay
such principal, premium, and interest when due. Interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is
registered at the close of business on the preceding July 1 and January 1 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest
on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuer maintained for such purpose (which shall initially be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose), or at such other office or
agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Paying Agent, each installment of interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to
addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in
respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depository.
Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire
transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later
than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). If an Interest Payment Date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for
the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

  
 B-3

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuers
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. 

The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuers. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under
the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include (i) $560,000,000 principal amount of the Issuers’ 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 issued under the Indenture on
July 5, 2011 (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) if and when issued, additional Notes that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to July 5, 2011 (the “Additional Notes”) as provided
in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture and (iii) if and when issued, the Issuers’ 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture in exchange for Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an offer
registered under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (herein called “Exchange Notes”). The Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class
for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering
into of agreements that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of
guarantees of the Notes by certain subsidiaries. 
  

	5.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee
the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be
due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor will unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, jointly and severally with the Guarantor, will fully and
unconditionally Guarantee) such obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Redemption 

 (a) At any
time prior to July 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at their option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus
the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of holders of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 (b) At any time and from time to time prior to July 15, 2014, the
Issuers may redeem Notes with the net cash proceeds received by the Issuers from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 111.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest, thereon, if any, to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount
for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that (i) in each case the redemption takes place not later than 180 days after the closing of the
related Equity Offering; and (ii) not less than 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held by the
Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries)). The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 (c) Except pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph 6, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to July 15, 2015. 

(d) At any time and from time to time on or after July 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any on the notes redeemed, to the

  
 B-4

 
applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on July 15 of the years indicated below: 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	105.750	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.875	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the
satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity Offering). 
 (f) If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name the
Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuers. 

(g) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 
 (h) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 6 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 The Issuers are not required to make mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
  

	7.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If
a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.7(e) of the Indenture, the Issuers will make an offer to
purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but
excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers will
deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures
of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no
later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. 
 Upon certain Asset Dispositions, the Issuers may be required to use the Excess Proceeds from such Asset Dispositions to offer to offer to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes (that is
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) and, at the Issuers’ option, Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.5 and in Article V of the Indenture. 

 

	8.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in
accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required by law or permitted by the

  
 B-5

 
Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or
redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part. 
  

	9.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	10.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest if any remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another
Person to receive such money. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person for payment.

  

	11.	Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of their
obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

  

	12.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or a Default thereunder may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

 

	13.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If
an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer or certain Guarantors) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at
least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, on all the Notes
to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal, premium, interest, and Additional Interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or
certain Guarantors occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 

 

	14.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Guarantors
or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest
under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

  
 B-6

	15.	No Recourse Against Others 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such (other than
the Issuers and the Guarantors), shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws
and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy. 
  

	16.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	17.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and
ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuers will furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 SoftBrands, Inc. 
 Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc. 

c/o Golden Gate Capital 
 One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor 
 San Francisco, CA 94111 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 B-7

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this
Note to: 
  

			
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	
	
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)
	
	and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer
this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
		
	 Date:
	  	Your
signature                                       
                                         
               

					
		
	Signature Guarantee:  	 	 

			
	(Signature must be guaranteed)
	
	 
	 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

	
	The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an
approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

  
 B-8

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease
in Principal Amount
of the Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Notes
Custodian
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  		  	

  
 B-9

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, check either box:

Section 3.5     ̈        
Section 3.9     ̈ 
 If you want to elect to have only
part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.9 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):
$                     and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the
Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification, one such Note will be issued for the portion not being repurchased):
                    . 
  

			
	Date:                      	  	        Your
Signature                                       
                                         
                                         
                                         
               
		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

			
		
	Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                        
	  	
	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  	

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-10

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of Supplemental Indenture to Add Guarantors 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE,
(this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [            ], 20[    ], by and among [—] (the
“Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), SoftBrands, Inc. (“SoftBrands”), a Delaware corporation, and Lawson Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with SoftBrands, the “Issuers”), the Existing
Guarantors and Acquired Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of July 5,
2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $560,000,000 of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 of the Issuers (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee, on a joint and several basis with the other Guarantors, all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuers, any Guarantor and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver
this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuers, the other Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals
hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 
 AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 2.1. Agreement to be Bound. The
Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 

SECTION 2.2. Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to
fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis. 

  
 C-1

 ARTICLE III 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 3.1. Notices. All notices and other communications
to the Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the Issuers as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuers. 

SECTION 3.2. Merger and Consolidation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with
Section 4.1(f) of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.3. Release of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be released in
accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.4. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is
intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein
or therein contained. 
 SECTION 3.5. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 3.6. Severability. In case any provision in this
Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent
of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 3.7. Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing
Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture
and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 SECTION 3.8. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms,
conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound
hereby. 
 SECTION 3.9. The Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of
this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 
 SECTION 3.10. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in
lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 3.11. Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee. 

  
 C-2

 SECTION 3.12. Headings. The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this
Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 C-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	SOFTBRANDS, INC.
		
	By:    	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	LAWSON SOFTWARE, INC.
		
	By:    	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 [SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR],
 as a Guarantor

		
	By:    	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	Address for Notices:
	
	[                    ]
	
	[                    ]
	
	[                    ]
	
	Attention:
	
	Facsimile:

 [Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture] 

 
			
	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:    	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 [Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT D 
 Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Lawson and each of the Acquired Guarantors 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among SoftBrands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“SoftBrands”), Lawson
Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Lawson”), the Acquired Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H:

 WHEREAS, each of SoftBrands, Atlantis Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub), the Existing
Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”),
providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $560.0 million of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 of the Issuers (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Notes are being issued and sold in connection with the merger of Merger Sub with and into Lawson (the “Merger”), whereby, upon consummation of the Merger, Lawson will
continue as the surviving corporation; 
 WHEREAS, upon consummation of the Merger, and simultaneously with the execution of the
Indenture, SoftBrands, Lawson, the Acquired Guarantors and the Trustee will have entered into this Supplemental Indenture, under which Lawson and the Acquired Guarantors will have become party to the Indenture; 

WHEREAS, pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, Lawson will succeed to all of the rights and obligations of Merger Sub thereunder, and
each of the Acquired Guarantors will unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”);

 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, SoftBrands, Merger Sub, any of the Existing Guarantors and the
Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend or supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recitals
hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 
 ARTICLE II 
 AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 2.1. Agreement to be Bound.
Lawson and each of the Acquired Guarantors hereby agrees as follows: 
 (a) Each of Lawson and the Acquired Guarantors
acknowledge that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental 

  
 D-1

 
Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below and (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as
if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; 
 (b) (i) Lawson hereby agrees to perform and assume all obligations
and duties required of an Issuer under the Indenture and be treated for all purposes as an Issuer under the Indenture and (ii) each Acquired Guarantor hereby agrees to perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the
Indenture; 
 (c) Each of the undersigned hereby represents and warrants to and agrees with the Trustee that it has all the
requisite corporate, limited liability company or other power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, that this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and that
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly authorized; and 
 (d) Lawson will deliver to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

SECTION 2.2. Guarantee. The Acquired Guarantors agree, on a joint and several basis with all the Existing Guarantors, to fully,
unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article X of the Indenture on a senior basis. 
 ARTICLE III 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

SECTION 3.1. Merger and Consolidation. Each of the Acquired Guarantors shall not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into another Person (other than the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction) except in accordance with
Section 4.1(f) of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.2. Release of Guarantee. This Guarantee shall be released in
accordance with Section 10.2 of the Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.3. Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is
intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein
or therein contained. 
 SECTION 3.4. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 3.5. Severability. In case any provision in this
Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent
of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 3.6. Benefits Acknowledged. Each of the Acquired
Guarantors’ Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Each of the Acquiring Guarantors acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the
Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. Lawson acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the agreements and waivers made by it pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

SECTION 3.7. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the
Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of
Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 

  
 D-2

 SECTION 3.8. The Trustee. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 
 SECTION 3.9. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in
lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 

SECTION 3.10. Execution and Delivery. Each of the Acquired Guarantors agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of any such Guarantee. 
 SECTION 3.11. Headings.
The headings of the Articles and the Sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 D-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	LAWSON SOFTWARE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	 Name:
	 	Kevin Samuelson
	 Title:
	 	Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary
	
	 LAWSON SOFTWARE AMERICAS, INC.
 LAWSON HCM, INC.,
 as Guarantors

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	Kevin Samuelson
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary
	
	 HEALTHVISION SOLUTIONS, LLC
 LAWSON PLM, LLC

	 LAWSON WFM, LLC,
 as Guarantors

		
	By:	 	 LAWSON SOFTWARE AMERICAS, INC.,
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	Kevin Samuelson
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary
	
	 HEALTHVISION, LLC,
 as Guarantor

		
	By:	 	 HEALTHVISION SOLUTIONS, LLC,

its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	Kevin Samuelson
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer, Vice President and Secretary

  
 [Signature Page to
Supplemental Indenture] 

 
			
	SOFTBRANDS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 [Signature Page to
Supplemental Indenture] 

 
			
	 WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 [Signature Page to
Supplemental Indenture]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00207-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00207-of-00352.parquet"}]]